1  import {Request} from '../lib/request';
   2  import {Response} from '../lib/response';
   3  import {AWSError} from '../lib/error';
   4  import {Service} from '../lib/service';
   5  import {WaiterConfiguration} from '../lib/service';
   6  import {ServiceConfigurationOptions} from '../lib/service';
   7  import {ConfigBase as Config} from '../lib/config-base';
   8  import {Readable} from 'stream';
   9  interface Blob {}
  10  declare class MediaLive extends Service {
  11    /**
  12     * Constructs a service object. This object has one method for each API operation.
  13     */
  14    constructor(options?: MediaLive.Types.ClientConfiguration)
  15    config: Config & MediaLive.Types.ClientConfiguration;
  16    /**
  17     * Accept an incoming input device transfer. The ownership of the device will transfer to your AWS account.
  18     */
  19    acceptInputDeviceTransfer(params: MediaLive.Types.AcceptInputDeviceTransferRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.AcceptInputDeviceTransferResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.AcceptInputDeviceTransferResponse, AWSError>;
  20    /**
  21     * Accept an incoming input device transfer. The ownership of the device will transfer to your AWS account.
  22     */
  23    acceptInputDeviceTransfer(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.AcceptInputDeviceTransferResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.AcceptInputDeviceTransferResponse, AWSError>;
  24    /**
  25     * Starts delete of resources.
  26     */
  27    batchDelete(params: MediaLive.Types.BatchDeleteRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.BatchDeleteResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.BatchDeleteResponse, AWSError>;
  28    /**
  29     * Starts delete of resources.
  30     */
  31    batchDelete(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.BatchDeleteResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.BatchDeleteResponse, AWSError>;
  32    /**
  33     * Starts existing resources
  34     */
  35    batchStart(params: MediaLive.Types.BatchStartRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.BatchStartResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.BatchStartResponse, AWSError>;
  36    /**
  37     * Starts existing resources
  38     */
  39    batchStart(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.BatchStartResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.BatchStartResponse, AWSError>;
  40    /**
  41     * Stops running resources
  42     */
  43    batchStop(params: MediaLive.Types.BatchStopRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.BatchStopResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.BatchStopResponse, AWSError>;
  44    /**
  45     * Stops running resources
  46     */
  47    batchStop(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.BatchStopResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.BatchStopResponse, AWSError>;
  48    /**
  49     * Update a channel schedule
  50     */
  51    batchUpdateSchedule(params: MediaLive.Types.BatchUpdateScheduleRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.BatchUpdateScheduleResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.BatchUpdateScheduleResponse, AWSError>;
  52    /**
  53     * Update a channel schedule
  54     */
  55    batchUpdateSchedule(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.BatchUpdateScheduleResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.BatchUpdateScheduleResponse, AWSError>;
  56    /**
  57     * Cancel an input device transfer that you have requested.
  58     */
  59    cancelInputDeviceTransfer(params: MediaLive.Types.CancelInputDeviceTransferRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.CancelInputDeviceTransferResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.CancelInputDeviceTransferResponse, AWSError>;
  60    /**
  61     * Cancel an input device transfer that you have requested.
  62     */
  63    cancelInputDeviceTransfer(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.CancelInputDeviceTransferResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.CancelInputDeviceTransferResponse, AWSError>;
  64    /**
  65     * Creates a new channel
  66     */
  67    createChannel(params: MediaLive.Types.CreateChannelRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.CreateChannelResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.CreateChannelResponse, AWSError>;
  68    /**
  69     * Creates a new channel
  70     */
  71    createChannel(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.CreateChannelResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.CreateChannelResponse, AWSError>;
  72    /**
  73     * Create an input
  74     */
  75    createInput(params: MediaLive.Types.CreateInputRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.CreateInputResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.CreateInputResponse, AWSError>;
  76    /**
  77     * Create an input
  78     */
  79    createInput(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.CreateInputResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.CreateInputResponse, AWSError>;
  80    /**
  81     * Creates a Input Security Group
  82     */
  83    createInputSecurityGroup(params: MediaLive.Types.CreateInputSecurityGroupRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.CreateInputSecurityGroupResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.CreateInputSecurityGroupResponse, AWSError>;
  84    /**
  85     * Creates a Input Security Group
  86     */
  87    createInputSecurityGroup(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.CreateInputSecurityGroupResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.CreateInputSecurityGroupResponse, AWSError>;
  88    /**
  89     * Create a new multiplex.
  90     */
  91    createMultiplex(params: MediaLive.Types.CreateMultiplexRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.CreateMultiplexResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.CreateMultiplexResponse, AWSError>;
  92    /**
  93     * Create a new multiplex.
  94     */
  95    createMultiplex(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.CreateMultiplexResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.CreateMultiplexResponse, AWSError>;
  96    /**
  97     * Create a new program in the multiplex.
  98     */
  99    createMultiplexProgram(params: MediaLive.Types.CreateMultiplexProgramRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.CreateMultiplexProgramResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.CreateMultiplexProgramResponse, AWSError>;
 100    /**
 101     * Create a new program in the multiplex.
 102     */
 103    createMultiplexProgram(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.CreateMultiplexProgramResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.CreateMultiplexProgramResponse, AWSError>;
 104    /**
 105     * Create a partner input
 106     */
 107    createPartnerInput(params: MediaLive.Types.CreatePartnerInputRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.CreatePartnerInputResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.CreatePartnerInputResponse, AWSError>;
 108    /**
 109     * Create a partner input
 110     */
 111    createPartnerInput(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.CreatePartnerInputResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.CreatePartnerInputResponse, AWSError>;
 112    /**
 113     * Create tags for a resource
 114     */
 115    createTags(params: MediaLive.Types.CreateTagsRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
 116    /**
 117     * Create tags for a resource
 118     */
 119    createTags(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
 120    /**
 121     * Starts deletion of channel. The associated outputs are also deleted.
 122     */
 123    deleteChannel(params: MediaLive.Types.DeleteChannelRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.DeleteChannelResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.DeleteChannelResponse, AWSError>;
 124    /**
 125     * Starts deletion of channel. The associated outputs are also deleted.
 126     */
 127    deleteChannel(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.DeleteChannelResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.DeleteChannelResponse, AWSError>;
 128    /**
 129     * Deletes the input end point
 130     */
 131    deleteInput(params: MediaLive.Types.DeleteInputRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.DeleteInputResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.DeleteInputResponse, AWSError>;
 132    /**
 133     * Deletes the input end point
 134     */
 135    deleteInput(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.DeleteInputResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.DeleteInputResponse, AWSError>;
 136    /**
 137     * Deletes an Input Security Group
 138     */
 139    deleteInputSecurityGroup(params: MediaLive.Types.DeleteInputSecurityGroupRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.DeleteInputSecurityGroupResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.DeleteInputSecurityGroupResponse, AWSError>;
 140    /**
 141     * Deletes an Input Security Group
 142     */
 143    deleteInputSecurityGroup(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.DeleteInputSecurityGroupResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.DeleteInputSecurityGroupResponse, AWSError>;
 144    /**
 145     * Delete a multiplex. The multiplex must be idle.
 146     */
 147    deleteMultiplex(params: MediaLive.Types.DeleteMultiplexRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.DeleteMultiplexResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.DeleteMultiplexResponse, AWSError>;
 148    /**
 149     * Delete a multiplex. The multiplex must be idle.
 150     */
 151    deleteMultiplex(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.DeleteMultiplexResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.DeleteMultiplexResponse, AWSError>;
 152    /**
 153     * Delete a program from a multiplex.
 154     */
 155    deleteMultiplexProgram(params: MediaLive.Types.DeleteMultiplexProgramRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.DeleteMultiplexProgramResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.DeleteMultiplexProgramResponse, AWSError>;
 156    /**
 157     * Delete a program from a multiplex.
 158     */
 159    deleteMultiplexProgram(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.DeleteMultiplexProgramResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.DeleteMultiplexProgramResponse, AWSError>;
 160    /**
 161     * Delete an expired reservation.
 162     */
 163    deleteReservation(params: MediaLive.Types.DeleteReservationRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.DeleteReservationResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.DeleteReservationResponse, AWSError>;
 164    /**
 165     * Delete an expired reservation.
 166     */
 167    deleteReservation(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.DeleteReservationResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.DeleteReservationResponse, AWSError>;
 168    /**
 169     * Delete all schedule actions on a channel.
 170     */
 171    deleteSchedule(params: MediaLive.Types.DeleteScheduleRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.DeleteScheduleResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.DeleteScheduleResponse, AWSError>;
 172    /**
 173     * Delete all schedule actions on a channel.
 174     */
 175    deleteSchedule(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.DeleteScheduleResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.DeleteScheduleResponse, AWSError>;
 176    /**
 177     * Removes tags for a resource
 178     */
 179    deleteTags(params: MediaLive.Types.DeleteTagsRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
 180    /**
 181     * Removes tags for a resource
 182     */
 183    deleteTags(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: {}) => void): Request<{}, AWSError>;
 184    /**
 185     * Gets details about a channel
 186     */
 187    describeChannel(params: MediaLive.Types.DescribeChannelRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.DescribeChannelResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.DescribeChannelResponse, AWSError>;
 188    /**
 189     * Gets details about a channel
 190     */
 191    describeChannel(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.DescribeChannelResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.DescribeChannelResponse, AWSError>;
 192    /**
 193     * Produces details about an input
 194     */
 195    describeInput(params: MediaLive.Types.DescribeInputRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.DescribeInputResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.DescribeInputResponse, AWSError>;
 196    /**
 197     * Produces details about an input
 198     */
 199    describeInput(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.DescribeInputResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.DescribeInputResponse, AWSError>;
 200    /**
 201     * Gets the details for the input device
 202     */
 203    describeInputDevice(params: MediaLive.Types.DescribeInputDeviceRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.DescribeInputDeviceResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.DescribeInputDeviceResponse, AWSError>;
 204    /**
 205     * Gets the details for the input device
 206     */
 207    describeInputDevice(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.DescribeInputDeviceResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.DescribeInputDeviceResponse, AWSError>;
 208    /**
 209     * Get the latest thumbnail data for the input device.
 210     */
 211    describeInputDeviceThumbnail(params: MediaLive.Types.DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailResponse, AWSError>;
 212    /**
 213     * Get the latest thumbnail data for the input device.
 214     */
 215    describeInputDeviceThumbnail(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailResponse, AWSError>;
 216    /**
 217     * Produces a summary of an Input Security Group
 218     */
 219    describeInputSecurityGroup(params: MediaLive.Types.DescribeInputSecurityGroupRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.DescribeInputSecurityGroupResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.DescribeInputSecurityGroupResponse, AWSError>;
 220    /**
 221     * Produces a summary of an Input Security Group
 222     */
 223    describeInputSecurityGroup(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.DescribeInputSecurityGroupResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.DescribeInputSecurityGroupResponse, AWSError>;
 224    /**
 225     * Gets details about a multiplex.
 226     */
 227    describeMultiplex(params: MediaLive.Types.DescribeMultiplexRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.DescribeMultiplexResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.DescribeMultiplexResponse, AWSError>;
 228    /**
 229     * Gets details about a multiplex.
 230     */
 231    describeMultiplex(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.DescribeMultiplexResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.DescribeMultiplexResponse, AWSError>;
 232    /**
 233     * Get the details for a program in a multiplex.
 234     */
 235    describeMultiplexProgram(params: MediaLive.Types.DescribeMultiplexProgramRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.DescribeMultiplexProgramResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.DescribeMultiplexProgramResponse, AWSError>;
 236    /**
 237     * Get the details for a program in a multiplex.
 238     */
 239    describeMultiplexProgram(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.DescribeMultiplexProgramResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.DescribeMultiplexProgramResponse, AWSError>;
 240    /**
 241     * Get details for an offering.
 242     */
 243    describeOffering(params: MediaLive.Types.DescribeOfferingRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.DescribeOfferingResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.DescribeOfferingResponse, AWSError>;
 244    /**
 245     * Get details for an offering.
 246     */
 247    describeOffering(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.DescribeOfferingResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.DescribeOfferingResponse, AWSError>;
 248    /**
 249     * Get details for a reservation.
 250     */
 251    describeReservation(params: MediaLive.Types.DescribeReservationRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.DescribeReservationResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.DescribeReservationResponse, AWSError>;
 252    /**
 253     * Get details for a reservation.
 254     */
 255    describeReservation(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.DescribeReservationResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.DescribeReservationResponse, AWSError>;
 256    /**
 257     * Get a channel schedule
 258     */
 259    describeSchedule(params: MediaLive.Types.DescribeScheduleRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.DescribeScheduleResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.DescribeScheduleResponse, AWSError>;
 260    /**
 261     * Get a channel schedule
 262     */
 263    describeSchedule(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.DescribeScheduleResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.DescribeScheduleResponse, AWSError>;
 264    /**
 265     * Produces list of channels that have been created
 266     */
 267    listChannels(params: MediaLive.Types.ListChannelsRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.ListChannelsResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.ListChannelsResponse, AWSError>;
 268    /**
 269     * Produces list of channels that have been created
 270     */
 271    listChannels(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.ListChannelsResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.ListChannelsResponse, AWSError>;
 272    /**
 273     * List input devices that are currently being transferred. List input devices that you are transferring from your AWS account or input devices that another AWS account is transferring to you.
 274     */
 275    listInputDeviceTransfers(params: MediaLive.Types.ListInputDeviceTransfersRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.ListInputDeviceTransfersResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.ListInputDeviceTransfersResponse, AWSError>;
 276    /**
 277     * List input devices that are currently being transferred. List input devices that you are transferring from your AWS account or input devices that another AWS account is transferring to you.
 278     */
 279    listInputDeviceTransfers(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.ListInputDeviceTransfersResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.ListInputDeviceTransfersResponse, AWSError>;
 280    /**
 281     * List input devices
 282     */
 283    listInputDevices(params: MediaLive.Types.ListInputDevicesRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.ListInputDevicesResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.ListInputDevicesResponse, AWSError>;
 284    /**
 285     * List input devices
 286     */
 287    listInputDevices(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.ListInputDevicesResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.ListInputDevicesResponse, AWSError>;
 288    /**
 289     * Produces a list of Input Security Groups for an account
 290     */
 291    listInputSecurityGroups(params: MediaLive.Types.ListInputSecurityGroupsRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.ListInputSecurityGroupsResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.ListInputSecurityGroupsResponse, AWSError>;
 292    /**
 293     * Produces a list of Input Security Groups for an account
 294     */
 295    listInputSecurityGroups(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.ListInputSecurityGroupsResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.ListInputSecurityGroupsResponse, AWSError>;
 296    /**
 297     * Produces list of inputs that have been created
 298     */
 299    listInputs(params: MediaLive.Types.ListInputsRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.ListInputsResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.ListInputsResponse, AWSError>;
 300    /**
 301     * Produces list of inputs that have been created
 302     */
 303    listInputs(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.ListInputsResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.ListInputsResponse, AWSError>;
 304    /**
 305     * List the programs that currently exist for a specific multiplex.
 306     */
 307    listMultiplexPrograms(params: MediaLive.Types.ListMultiplexProgramsRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.ListMultiplexProgramsResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.ListMultiplexProgramsResponse, AWSError>;
 308    /**
 309     * List the programs that currently exist for a specific multiplex.
 310     */
 311    listMultiplexPrograms(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.ListMultiplexProgramsResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.ListMultiplexProgramsResponse, AWSError>;
 312    /**
 313     * Retrieve a list of the existing multiplexes.
 314     */
 315    listMultiplexes(params: MediaLive.Types.ListMultiplexesRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.ListMultiplexesResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.ListMultiplexesResponse, AWSError>;
 316    /**
 317     * Retrieve a list of the existing multiplexes.
 318     */
 319    listMultiplexes(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.ListMultiplexesResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.ListMultiplexesResponse, AWSError>;
 320    /**
 321     * List offerings available for purchase.
 322     */
 323    listOfferings(params: MediaLive.Types.ListOfferingsRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.ListOfferingsResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.ListOfferingsResponse, AWSError>;
 324    /**
 325     * List offerings available for purchase.
 326     */
 327    listOfferings(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.ListOfferingsResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.ListOfferingsResponse, AWSError>;
 328    /**
 329     * List purchased reservations.
 330     */
 331    listReservations(params: MediaLive.Types.ListReservationsRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.ListReservationsResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.ListReservationsResponse, AWSError>;
 332    /**
 333     * List purchased reservations.
 334     */
 335    listReservations(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.ListReservationsResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.ListReservationsResponse, AWSError>;
 336    /**
 337     * Produces list of tags that have been created for a resource
 338     */
 339    listTagsForResource(params: MediaLive.Types.ListTagsForResourceRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.ListTagsForResourceResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.ListTagsForResourceResponse, AWSError>;
 340    /**
 341     * Produces list of tags that have been created for a resource
 342     */
 343    listTagsForResource(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.ListTagsForResourceResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.ListTagsForResourceResponse, AWSError>;
 344    /**
 345     * Purchase an offering and create a reservation.
 346     */
 347    purchaseOffering(params: MediaLive.Types.PurchaseOfferingRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.PurchaseOfferingResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.PurchaseOfferingResponse, AWSError>;
 348    /**
 349     * Purchase an offering and create a reservation.
 350     */
 351    purchaseOffering(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.PurchaseOfferingResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.PurchaseOfferingResponse, AWSError>;
 352    /**
 353     * Reject the transfer of the specified input device to your AWS account.
 354     */
 355    rejectInputDeviceTransfer(params: MediaLive.Types.RejectInputDeviceTransferRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.RejectInputDeviceTransferResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.RejectInputDeviceTransferResponse, AWSError>;
 356    /**
 357     * Reject the transfer of the specified input device to your AWS account.
 358     */
 359    rejectInputDeviceTransfer(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.RejectInputDeviceTransferResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.RejectInputDeviceTransferResponse, AWSError>;
 360    /**
 361     * Starts an existing channel
 362     */
 363    startChannel(params: MediaLive.Types.StartChannelRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.StartChannelResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.StartChannelResponse, AWSError>;
 364    /**
 365     * Starts an existing channel
 366     */
 367    startChannel(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.StartChannelResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.StartChannelResponse, AWSError>;
 368    /**
 369     * Start (run) the multiplex. Starting the multiplex does not start the channels. You must explicitly start each channel.
 370     */
 371    startMultiplex(params: MediaLive.Types.StartMultiplexRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.StartMultiplexResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.StartMultiplexResponse, AWSError>;
 372    /**
 373     * Start (run) the multiplex. Starting the multiplex does not start the channels. You must explicitly start each channel.
 374     */
 375    startMultiplex(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.StartMultiplexResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.StartMultiplexResponse, AWSError>;
 376    /**
 377     * Stops a running channel
 378     */
 379    stopChannel(params: MediaLive.Types.StopChannelRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.StopChannelResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.StopChannelResponse, AWSError>;
 380    /**
 381     * Stops a running channel
 382     */
 383    stopChannel(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.StopChannelResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.StopChannelResponse, AWSError>;
 384    /**
 385     * Stops a running multiplex. If the multiplex isn't running, this action has no effect.
 386     */
 387    stopMultiplex(params: MediaLive.Types.StopMultiplexRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.StopMultiplexResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.StopMultiplexResponse, AWSError>;
 388    /**
 389     * Stops a running multiplex. If the multiplex isn't running, this action has no effect.
 390     */
 391    stopMultiplex(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.StopMultiplexResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.StopMultiplexResponse, AWSError>;
 392    /**
 393     * Start an input device transfer to another AWS account. After you make the request, the other account must accept or reject the transfer.
 394     */
 395    transferInputDevice(params: MediaLive.Types.TransferInputDeviceRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.TransferInputDeviceResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.TransferInputDeviceResponse, AWSError>;
 396    /**
 397     * Start an input device transfer to another AWS account. After you make the request, the other account must accept or reject the transfer.
 398     */
 399    transferInputDevice(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.TransferInputDeviceResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.TransferInputDeviceResponse, AWSError>;
 400    /**
 401     * Updates a channel.
 402     */
 403    updateChannel(params: MediaLive.Types.UpdateChannelRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.UpdateChannelResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.UpdateChannelResponse, AWSError>;
 404    /**
 405     * Updates a channel.
 406     */
 407    updateChannel(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.UpdateChannelResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.UpdateChannelResponse, AWSError>;
 408    /**
 409     * Changes the class of the channel.
 410     */
 411    updateChannelClass(params: MediaLive.Types.UpdateChannelClassRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.UpdateChannelClassResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.UpdateChannelClassResponse, AWSError>;
 412    /**
 413     * Changes the class of the channel.
 414     */
 415    updateChannelClass(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.UpdateChannelClassResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.UpdateChannelClassResponse, AWSError>;
 416    /**
 417     * Updates an input.
 418     */
 419    updateInput(params: MediaLive.Types.UpdateInputRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.UpdateInputResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.UpdateInputResponse, AWSError>;
 420    /**
 421     * Updates an input.
 422     */
 423    updateInput(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.UpdateInputResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.UpdateInputResponse, AWSError>;
 424    /**
 425     * Updates the parameters for the input device.
 426     */
 427    updateInputDevice(params: MediaLive.Types.UpdateInputDeviceRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.UpdateInputDeviceResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.UpdateInputDeviceResponse, AWSError>;
 428    /**
 429     * Updates the parameters for the input device.
 430     */
 431    updateInputDevice(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.UpdateInputDeviceResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.UpdateInputDeviceResponse, AWSError>;
 432    /**
 433     * Update an Input Security Group's Whilelists.
 434     */
 435    updateInputSecurityGroup(params: MediaLive.Types.UpdateInputSecurityGroupRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.UpdateInputSecurityGroupResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.UpdateInputSecurityGroupResponse, AWSError>;
 436    /**
 437     * Update an Input Security Group's Whilelists.
 438     */
 439    updateInputSecurityGroup(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.UpdateInputSecurityGroupResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.UpdateInputSecurityGroupResponse, AWSError>;
 440    /**
 441     * Updates a multiplex.
 442     */
 443    updateMultiplex(params: MediaLive.Types.UpdateMultiplexRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.UpdateMultiplexResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.UpdateMultiplexResponse, AWSError>;
 444    /**
 445     * Updates a multiplex.
 446     */
 447    updateMultiplex(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.UpdateMultiplexResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.UpdateMultiplexResponse, AWSError>;
 448    /**
 449     * Update a program in a multiplex.
 450     */
 451    updateMultiplexProgram(params: MediaLive.Types.UpdateMultiplexProgramRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.UpdateMultiplexProgramResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.UpdateMultiplexProgramResponse, AWSError>;
 452    /**
 453     * Update a program in a multiplex.
 454     */
 455    updateMultiplexProgram(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.UpdateMultiplexProgramResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.UpdateMultiplexProgramResponse, AWSError>;
 456    /**
 457     * Update reservation.
 458     */
 459    updateReservation(params: MediaLive.Types.UpdateReservationRequest, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.UpdateReservationResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.UpdateReservationResponse, AWSError>;
 460    /**
 461     * Update reservation.
 462     */
 463    updateReservation(callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.UpdateReservationResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.UpdateReservationResponse, AWSError>;
 464    /**
 465     * Waits for the channelCreated state by periodically calling the underlying MediaLive.describeChanneloperation every 3 seconds (at most 5 times). Wait until a channel has been created
 466     */
 467    waitFor(state: "channelCreated", params: MediaLive.Types.DescribeChannelRequest & {$waiter?: WaiterConfiguration}, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.DescribeChannelResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.DescribeChannelResponse, AWSError>;
 468    /**
 469     * Waits for the channelCreated state by periodically calling the underlying MediaLive.describeChanneloperation every 3 seconds (at most 5 times). Wait until a channel has been created
 470     */
 471    waitFor(state: "channelCreated", callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.DescribeChannelResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.DescribeChannelResponse, AWSError>;
 472    /**
 473     * Waits for the channelRunning state by periodically calling the underlying MediaLive.describeChanneloperation every 5 seconds (at most 120 times). Wait until a channel is running
 474     */
 475    waitFor(state: "channelRunning", params: MediaLive.Types.DescribeChannelRequest & {$waiter?: WaiterConfiguration}, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.DescribeChannelResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.DescribeChannelResponse, AWSError>;
 476    /**
 477     * Waits for the channelRunning state by periodically calling the underlying MediaLive.describeChanneloperation every 5 seconds (at most 120 times). Wait until a channel is running
 478     */
 479    waitFor(state: "channelRunning", callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.DescribeChannelResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.DescribeChannelResponse, AWSError>;
 480    /**
 481     * Waits for the channelStopped state by periodically calling the underlying MediaLive.describeChanneloperation every 5 seconds (at most 60 times). Wait until a channel has is stopped
 482     */
 483    waitFor(state: "channelStopped", params: MediaLive.Types.DescribeChannelRequest & {$waiter?: WaiterConfiguration}, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.DescribeChannelResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.DescribeChannelResponse, AWSError>;
 484    /**
 485     * Waits for the channelStopped state by periodically calling the underlying MediaLive.describeChanneloperation every 5 seconds (at most 60 times). Wait until a channel has is stopped
 486     */
 487    waitFor(state: "channelStopped", callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.DescribeChannelResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.DescribeChannelResponse, AWSError>;
 488    /**
 489     * Waits for the channelDeleted state by periodically calling the underlying MediaLive.describeChanneloperation every 5 seconds (at most 84 times). Wait until a channel has been deleted
 490     */
 491    waitFor(state: "channelDeleted", params: MediaLive.Types.DescribeChannelRequest & {$waiter?: WaiterConfiguration}, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.DescribeChannelResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.DescribeChannelResponse, AWSError>;
 492    /**
 493     * Waits for the channelDeleted state by periodically calling the underlying MediaLive.describeChanneloperation every 5 seconds (at most 84 times). Wait until a channel has been deleted
 494     */
 495    waitFor(state: "channelDeleted", callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.DescribeChannelResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.DescribeChannelResponse, AWSError>;
 496    /**
 497     * Waits for the inputAttached state by periodically calling the underlying MediaLive.describeInputoperation every 5 seconds (at most 20 times). Wait until an input has been attached
 498     */
 499    waitFor(state: "inputAttached", params: MediaLive.Types.DescribeInputRequest & {$waiter?: WaiterConfiguration}, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.DescribeInputResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.DescribeInputResponse, AWSError>;
 500    /**
 501     * Waits for the inputAttached state by periodically calling the underlying MediaLive.describeInputoperation every 5 seconds (at most 20 times). Wait until an input has been attached
 502     */
 503    waitFor(state: "inputAttached", callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.DescribeInputResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.DescribeInputResponse, AWSError>;
 504    /**
 505     * Waits for the inputDetached state by periodically calling the underlying MediaLive.describeInputoperation every 5 seconds (at most 84 times). Wait until an input has been detached
 506     */
 507    waitFor(state: "inputDetached", params: MediaLive.Types.DescribeInputRequest & {$waiter?: WaiterConfiguration}, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.DescribeInputResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.DescribeInputResponse, AWSError>;
 508    /**
 509     * Waits for the inputDetached state by periodically calling the underlying MediaLive.describeInputoperation every 5 seconds (at most 84 times). Wait until an input has been detached
 510     */
 511    waitFor(state: "inputDetached", callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.DescribeInputResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.DescribeInputResponse, AWSError>;
 512    /**
 513     * Waits for the inputDeleted state by periodically calling the underlying MediaLive.describeInputoperation every 5 seconds (at most 20 times). Wait until an input has been deleted
 514     */
 515    waitFor(state: "inputDeleted", params: MediaLive.Types.DescribeInputRequest & {$waiter?: WaiterConfiguration}, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.DescribeInputResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.DescribeInputResponse, AWSError>;
 516    /**
 517     * Waits for the inputDeleted state by periodically calling the underlying MediaLive.describeInputoperation every 5 seconds (at most 20 times). Wait until an input has been deleted
 518     */
 519    waitFor(state: "inputDeleted", callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.DescribeInputResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.DescribeInputResponse, AWSError>;
 520    /**
 521     * Waits for the multiplexCreated state by periodically calling the underlying MediaLive.describeMultiplexoperation every 3 seconds (at most 5 times). Wait until a multiplex has been created
 522     */
 523    waitFor(state: "multiplexCreated", params: MediaLive.Types.DescribeMultiplexRequest & {$waiter?: WaiterConfiguration}, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.DescribeMultiplexResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.DescribeMultiplexResponse, AWSError>;
 524    /**
 525     * Waits for the multiplexCreated state by periodically calling the underlying MediaLive.describeMultiplexoperation every 3 seconds (at most 5 times). Wait until a multiplex has been created
 526     */
 527    waitFor(state: "multiplexCreated", callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.DescribeMultiplexResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.DescribeMultiplexResponse, AWSError>;
 528    /**
 529     * Waits for the multiplexRunning state by periodically calling the underlying MediaLive.describeMultiplexoperation every 5 seconds (at most 120 times). Wait until a multiplex is running
 530     */
 531    waitFor(state: "multiplexRunning", params: MediaLive.Types.DescribeMultiplexRequest & {$waiter?: WaiterConfiguration}, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.DescribeMultiplexResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.DescribeMultiplexResponse, AWSError>;
 532    /**
 533     * Waits for the multiplexRunning state by periodically calling the underlying MediaLive.describeMultiplexoperation every 5 seconds (at most 120 times). Wait until a multiplex is running
 534     */
 535    waitFor(state: "multiplexRunning", callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.DescribeMultiplexResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.DescribeMultiplexResponse, AWSError>;
 536    /**
 537     * Waits for the multiplexStopped state by periodically calling the underlying MediaLive.describeMultiplexoperation every 5 seconds (at most 28 times). Wait until a multiplex has is stopped
 538     */
 539    waitFor(state: "multiplexStopped", params: MediaLive.Types.DescribeMultiplexRequest & {$waiter?: WaiterConfiguration}, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.DescribeMultiplexResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.DescribeMultiplexResponse, AWSError>;
 540    /**
 541     * Waits for the multiplexStopped state by periodically calling the underlying MediaLive.describeMultiplexoperation every 5 seconds (at most 28 times). Wait until a multiplex has is stopped
 542     */
 543    waitFor(state: "multiplexStopped", callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.DescribeMultiplexResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.DescribeMultiplexResponse, AWSError>;
 544    /**
 545     * Waits for the multiplexDeleted state by periodically calling the underlying MediaLive.describeMultiplexoperation every 5 seconds (at most 20 times). Wait until a multiplex has been deleted
 546     */
 547    waitFor(state: "multiplexDeleted", params: MediaLive.Types.DescribeMultiplexRequest & {$waiter?: WaiterConfiguration}, callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.DescribeMultiplexResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.DescribeMultiplexResponse, AWSError>;
 548    /**
 549     * Waits for the multiplexDeleted state by periodically calling the underlying MediaLive.describeMultiplexoperation every 5 seconds (at most 20 times). Wait until a multiplex has been deleted
 550     */
 551    waitFor(state: "multiplexDeleted", callback?: (err: AWSError, data: MediaLive.Types.DescribeMultiplexResponse) => void): Request<MediaLive.Types.DescribeMultiplexResponse, AWSError>;
 552  }
 553  declare namespace MediaLive {
 554    export type AacCodingMode = "AD_RECEIVER_MIX"|"CODING_MODE_1_0"|"CODING_MODE_1_1"|"CODING_MODE_2_0"|"CODING_MODE_5_1"|string;
 555    export type AacInputType = "BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD"|"NORMAL"|string;
 556    export type AacProfile = "HEV1"|"HEV2"|"LC"|string;
 557    export type AacRateControlMode = "CBR"|"VBR"|string;
 558    export type AacRawFormat = "LATM_LOAS"|"NONE"|string;
 559    export interface AacSettings {
 560      /**
 561       * Average bitrate in bits/second. Valid values depend on rate control mode and profile.
 562       */
 563      Bitrate?: __double;
 564      /**
 565       * Mono, Stereo, or 5.1 channel layout. Valid values depend on rate control mode and profile. The adReceiverMix setting receives a stereo description plus control track and emits a mono AAC encode of the description track, with control data emitted in the PES header as per ETSI TS 101 154 Annex E.
 566       */
 567      CodingMode?: AacCodingMode;
 568      /**
 569       * Set to "broadcasterMixedAd" when input contains pre-mixed main audio + AD (narration) as a stereo pair.  The Audio Type field (audioType) will be set to 3, which signals to downstream systems that this stream contains "broadcaster mixed AD". Note that the input received by the encoder must contain pre-mixed audio; the encoder does not perform the mixing. The values in audioTypeControl and audioType (in AudioDescription) are ignored when set to broadcasterMixedAd.
 570  
 571  Leave set to "normal" when input does not contain pre-mixed audio + AD.
 572       */
 573      InputType?: AacInputType;
 574      /**
 575       * AAC Profile.
 576       */
 577      Profile?: AacProfile;
 578      /**
 579       * Rate Control Mode.
 580       */
 581      RateControlMode?: AacRateControlMode;
 582      /**
 583       * Sets LATM / LOAS AAC output for raw containers.
 584       */
 585      RawFormat?: AacRawFormat;
 586      /**
 587       * Sample rate in Hz. Valid values depend on rate control mode and profile.
 588       */
 589      SampleRate?: __double;
 590      /**
 591       * Use MPEG-2 AAC audio instead of MPEG-4 AAC audio for raw or MPEG-2 Transport Stream containers.
 592       */
 593      Spec?: AacSpec;
 594      /**
 595       * VBR Quality Level - Only used if rateControlMode is VBR.
 596       */
 597      VbrQuality?: AacVbrQuality;
 598    }
 599    export type AacSpec = "MPEG2"|"MPEG4"|string;
 600    export type AacVbrQuality = "HIGH"|"LOW"|"MEDIUM_HIGH"|"MEDIUM_LOW"|string;
 601    export type Ac3BitstreamMode = "COMMENTARY"|"COMPLETE_MAIN"|"DIALOGUE"|"EMERGENCY"|"HEARING_IMPAIRED"|"MUSIC_AND_EFFECTS"|"VISUALLY_IMPAIRED"|"VOICE_OVER"|string;
 602    export type Ac3CodingMode = "CODING_MODE_1_0"|"CODING_MODE_1_1"|"CODING_MODE_2_0"|"CODING_MODE_3_2_LFE"|string;
 603    export type Ac3DrcProfile = "FILM_STANDARD"|"NONE"|string;
 604    export type Ac3LfeFilter = "DISABLED"|"ENABLED"|string;
 605    export type Ac3MetadataControl = "FOLLOW_INPUT"|"USE_CONFIGURED"|string;
 606    export interface Ac3Settings {
 607      /**
 608       * Average bitrate in bits/second. Valid bitrates depend on the coding mode.
 609       */
 610      Bitrate?: __double;
 611      /**
 612       * Specifies the bitstream mode (bsmod) for the emitted AC-3 stream. See ATSC A/52-2012 for background on these values.
 613       */
 614      BitstreamMode?: Ac3BitstreamMode;
 615      /**
 616       * Dolby Digital coding mode. Determines number of channels.
 617       */
 618      CodingMode?: Ac3CodingMode;
 619      /**
 620       * Sets the dialnorm for the output. If excluded and input audio is Dolby Digital, dialnorm will be passed through.
 621       */
 622      Dialnorm?: __integerMin1Max31;
 623      /**
 624       * If set to filmStandard, adds dynamic range compression signaling to the output bitstream as defined in the Dolby Digital specification.
 625       */
 626      DrcProfile?: Ac3DrcProfile;
 627      /**
 628       * When set to enabled, applies a 120Hz lowpass filter to the LFE channel prior to encoding. Only valid in codingMode32Lfe mode.
 629       */
 630      LfeFilter?: Ac3LfeFilter;
 631      /**
 632       * When set to "followInput", encoder metadata will be sourced from the DD, DD+, or DolbyE decoder that supplied this audio data. If audio was not supplied from one of these streams, then the static metadata settings will be used.
 633       */
 634      MetadataControl?: Ac3MetadataControl;
 635    }
 636    export interface AcceptInputDeviceTransferRequest {
 637      /**
 638       * The unique ID of the input device to accept. For example, hd-123456789abcdef.
 639       */
 640      InputDeviceId: __string;
 641    }
 642    export interface AcceptInputDeviceTransferResponse {
 643    }
 644    export type AfdSignaling = "AUTO"|"FIXED"|"NONE"|string;
 645    export interface AncillarySourceSettings {
 646      /**
 647       * Specifies the number (1 to 4) of the captions channel you want to extract from the ancillary captions. If you plan to convert the ancillary captions to another format, complete this field. If you plan to choose Embedded as the captions destination in the output (to pass through all the channels in the ancillary captions), leave this field blank because MediaLive ignores the field.
 648       */
 649      SourceAncillaryChannelNumber?: __integerMin1Max4;
 650    }
 651    export interface ArchiveCdnSettings {
 652      ArchiveS3Settings?: ArchiveS3Settings;
 653    }
 654    export interface ArchiveContainerSettings {
 655      M2tsSettings?: M2tsSettings;
 656      RawSettings?: RawSettings;
 657    }
 658    export interface ArchiveGroupSettings {
 659      /**
 660       * Parameters that control interactions with the CDN.
 661       */
 662      ArchiveCdnSettings?: ArchiveCdnSettings;
 663      /**
 664       * A directory and base filename where archive files should be written.
 665       */
 666      Destination: OutputLocationRef;
 667      /**
 668       * Number of seconds to write to archive file before closing and starting a new one.
 669       */
 670      RolloverInterval?: __integerMin1;
 671    }
 672    export interface ArchiveOutputSettings {
 673      /**
 674       * Settings specific to the container type of the file.
 675       */
 676      ContainerSettings: ArchiveContainerSettings;
 677      /**
 678       * Output file extension. If excluded, this will be auto-selected from the container type.
 679       */
 680      Extension?: __string;
 681      /**
 682       * String concatenated to the end of the destination filename.  Required for multiple outputs of the same type.
 683       */
 684      NameModifier?: __string;
 685    }
 686    export interface ArchiveS3Settings {
 687      /**
 688       * Specify the canned ACL to apply to each S3 request. Defaults to none.
 689       */
 690      CannedAcl?: S3CannedAcl;
 691    }
 692    export interface AribDestinationSettings {
 693    }
 694    export interface AribSourceSettings {
 695    }
 696    export interface AudioChannelMapping {
 697      /**
 698       * Indices and gain values for each input channel that should be remixed into this output channel.
 699       */
 700      InputChannelLevels: __listOfInputChannelLevel;
 701      /**
 702       * The index of the output channel being produced.
 703       */
 704      OutputChannel: __integerMin0Max7;
 705    }
 706    export interface AudioCodecSettings {
 707      AacSettings?: AacSettings;
 708      Ac3Settings?: Ac3Settings;
 709      Eac3Settings?: Eac3Settings;
 710      Mp2Settings?: Mp2Settings;
 711      PassThroughSettings?: PassThroughSettings;
 712      WavSettings?: WavSettings;
 713    }
 714    export interface AudioDescription {
 715      /**
 716       * Advanced audio normalization settings.
 717       */
 718      AudioNormalizationSettings?: AudioNormalizationSettings;
 719      /**
 720       * The name of the AudioSelector used as the source for this AudioDescription.
 721       */
 722      AudioSelectorName: __string;
 723      /**
 724       * Applies only if audioTypeControl is useConfigured. The values for audioType are defined in ISO-IEC 13818-1.
 725       */
 726      AudioType?: AudioType;
 727      /**
 728       * Determines how audio type is determined.
 729    followInput: If the input contains an ISO 639 audioType, then that value is passed through to the output. If the input contains no ISO 639 audioType, the value in Audio Type is included in the output.
 730    useConfigured: The value in Audio Type is included in the output.
 731  Note that this field and audioType are both ignored if inputType is broadcasterMixedAd.
 732       */
 733      AudioTypeControl?: AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControl;
 734      /**
 735       * Audio codec settings.
 736       */
 737      CodecSettings?: AudioCodecSettings;
 738      /**
 739       * RFC 5646 language code representing the language of the audio output track. Only used if languageControlMode is useConfigured, or there is no ISO 639 language code specified in the input.
 740       */
 741      LanguageCode?: __stringMin1Max35;
 742      /**
 743       * Choosing followInput will cause the ISO 639 language code of the output to follow the ISO 639 language code of the input. The languageCode will be used when useConfigured is set, or when followInput is selected but there is no ISO 639 language code specified by the input.
 744       */
 745      LanguageCodeControl?: AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControl;
 746      /**
 747       * The name of this AudioDescription. Outputs will use this name to uniquely identify this AudioDescription.  Description names should be unique within this Live Event.
 748       */
 749      Name: __string;
 750      /**
 751       * Settings that control how input audio channels are remixed into the output audio channels.
 752       */
 753      RemixSettings?: RemixSettings;
 754      /**
 755       * Used for MS Smooth and Apple HLS outputs. Indicates the name displayed by the player (eg. English, or Director Commentary).
 756       */
 757      StreamName?: __string;
 758    }
 759    export type AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControl = "FOLLOW_INPUT"|"USE_CONFIGURED"|string;
 760    export type AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControl = "FOLLOW_INPUT"|"USE_CONFIGURED"|string;
 761    export interface AudioHlsRenditionSelection {
 762      /**
 763       * Specifies the GROUP-ID in the #EXT-X-MEDIA tag of the target HLS audio rendition.
 764       */
 765      GroupId: __stringMin1;
 766      /**
 767       * Specifies the NAME in the #EXT-X-MEDIA tag of the target HLS audio rendition.
 768       */
 769      Name: __stringMin1;
 770    }
 771    export interface AudioLanguageSelection {
 772      /**
 773       * Selects a specific three-letter language code from within an audio source.
 774       */
 775      LanguageCode: __string;
 776      /**
 777       * When set to "strict", the transport stream demux strictly identifies audio streams by their language descriptor. If a PMT update occurs such that an audio stream matching the initially selected language is no longer present then mute will be encoded until the language returns. If "loose", then on a PMT update the demux will choose another audio stream in the program with the same stream type if it can't find one with the same language.
 778       */
 779      LanguageSelectionPolicy?: AudioLanguageSelectionPolicy;
 780    }
 781    export type AudioLanguageSelectionPolicy = "LOOSE"|"STRICT"|string;
 782    export type AudioNormalizationAlgorithm = "ITU_1770_1"|"ITU_1770_2"|string;
 783    export type AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl = "CORRECT_AUDIO"|string;
 784    export interface AudioNormalizationSettings {
 785      /**
 786       * Audio normalization algorithm to use. itu17701 conforms to the CALM Act specification, itu17702 conforms to the EBU R-128 specification.
 787       */
 788      Algorithm?: AudioNormalizationAlgorithm;
 789      /**
 790       * When set to correctAudio the output audio is corrected using the chosen algorithm. If set to measureOnly, the audio will be measured but not adjusted.
 791       */
 792      AlgorithmControl?: AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl;
 793      /**
 794       * Target LKFS(loudness) to adjust volume to. If no value is entered, a default value will be used according to the chosen algorithm.  The CALM Act (1770-1) recommends a target of -24 LKFS. The EBU R-128 specification (1770-2) recommends a target of -23 LKFS.
 795       */
 796      TargetLkfs?: __doubleMinNegative59Max0;
 797    }
 798    export type AudioOnlyHlsSegmentType = "AAC"|"FMP4"|string;
 799    export interface AudioOnlyHlsSettings {
 800      /**
 801       * Specifies the group to which the audio Rendition belongs.
 802       */
 803      AudioGroupId?: __string;
 804      /**
 805       * Optional. Specifies the .jpg or .png image to use as the cover art for an audio-only output. We recommend a low bit-size file because the image increases the output audio bandwidth.
 806  
 807  The image is attached to the audio as an ID3 tag, frame type APIC, picture type 0x10, as per the "ID3 tag version 2.4.0 - Native Frames" standard.
 808       */
 809      AudioOnlyImage?: InputLocation;
 810      /**
 811       * Four types of audio-only tracks are supported:
 812  
 813  Audio-Only Variant Stream
 814  The client can play back this audio-only stream instead of video in low-bandwidth scenarios. Represented as an EXT-X-STREAM-INF in the HLS manifest.
 815  
 816  Alternate Audio, Auto Select, Default
 817  Alternate rendition that the client should try to play back by default. Represented as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest with DEFAULT=YES, AUTOSELECT=YES
 818  
 819  Alternate Audio, Auto Select, Not Default
 820  Alternate rendition that the client may try to play back by default. Represented as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest with DEFAULT=NO, AUTOSELECT=YES
 821  
 822  Alternate Audio, not Auto Select
 823  Alternate rendition that the client will not try to play back by default. Represented as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest with DEFAULT=NO, AUTOSELECT=NO
 824       */
 825      AudioTrackType?: AudioOnlyHlsTrackType;
 826      /**
 827       * Specifies the segment type.
 828       */
 829      SegmentType?: AudioOnlyHlsSegmentType;
 830    }
 831    export type AudioOnlyHlsTrackType = "ALTERNATE_AUDIO_AUTO_SELECT"|"ALTERNATE_AUDIO_AUTO_SELECT_DEFAULT"|"ALTERNATE_AUDIO_NOT_AUTO_SELECT"|"AUDIO_ONLY_VARIANT_STREAM"|string;
 832    export interface AudioPidSelection {
 833      /**
 834       * Selects a specific PID from within a source.
 835       */
 836      Pid: __integerMin0Max8191;
 837    }
 838    export interface AudioSelector {
 839      /**
 840       * The name of this AudioSelector. AudioDescriptions will use this name to uniquely identify this Selector.  Selector names should be unique per input.
 841       */
 842      Name: __stringMin1;
 843      /**
 844       * The audio selector settings.
 845       */
 846      SelectorSettings?: AudioSelectorSettings;
 847    }
 848    export interface AudioSelectorSettings {
 849      AudioHlsRenditionSelection?: AudioHlsRenditionSelection;
 850      AudioLanguageSelection?: AudioLanguageSelection;
 851      AudioPidSelection?: AudioPidSelection;
 852      AudioTrackSelection?: AudioTrackSelection;
 853    }
 854    export interface AudioSilenceFailoverSettings {
 855      /**
 856       * The name of the audio selector in the input that MediaLive should monitor to detect silence. Select your most important rendition. If you didn't create an audio selector in this input, leave blank.
 857       */
 858      AudioSelectorName: __string;
 859      /**
 860       * The amount of time (in milliseconds) that the active input must be silent before automatic input failover occurs. Silence is defined as audio loss or audio quieter than -50 dBFS.
 861       */
 862      AudioSilenceThresholdMsec?: __integerMin1000;
 863    }
 864    export interface AudioTrack {
 865      /**
 866       * 1-based integer value that maps to a specific audio track
 867       */
 868      Track: __integerMin1;
 869    }
 870    export interface AudioTrackSelection {
 871      /**
 872       * Selects one or more unique audio tracks from within a source.
 873       */
 874      Tracks: __listOfAudioTrack;
 875    }
 876    export type AudioType = "CLEAN_EFFECTS"|"HEARING_IMPAIRED"|"UNDEFINED"|"VISUAL_IMPAIRED_COMMENTARY"|string;
 877    export type AuthenticationScheme = "AKAMAI"|"COMMON"|string;
 878    export interface AutomaticInputFailoverSettings {
 879      /**
 880       * This clear time defines the requirement a recovered input must meet to be considered healthy. The input must have no failover conditions for this length of time. Enter a time in milliseconds. This value is particularly important if the input_preference for the failover pair is set to PRIMARY_INPUT_PREFERRED, because after this time, MediaLive will switch back to the primary input.
 881       */
 882      ErrorClearTimeMsec?: __integerMin1;
 883      /**
 884       * A list of failover conditions. If any of these conditions occur, MediaLive will perform a failover to the other input.
 885       */
 886      FailoverConditions?: __listOfFailoverCondition;
 887      /**
 888       * Input preference when deciding which input to make active when a previously failed input has recovered.
 889       */
 890      InputPreference?: InputPreference;
 891      /**
 892       * The input ID of the secondary input in the automatic input failover pair.
 893       */
 894      SecondaryInputId: __string;
 895    }
 896    export interface AvailBlanking {
 897      /**
 898       * Blanking image to be used. Leave empty for solid black. Only bmp and png images are supported.
 899       */
 900      AvailBlankingImage?: InputLocation;
 901      /**
 902       * When set to enabled, causes video, audio and captions to be blanked when insertion metadata is added.
 903       */
 904      State?: AvailBlankingState;
 905    }
 906    export type AvailBlankingState = "DISABLED"|"ENABLED"|string;
 907    export interface AvailConfiguration {
 908      /**
 909       * Ad avail settings.
 910       */
 911      AvailSettings?: AvailSettings;
 912    }
 913    export interface AvailSettings {
 914      Scte35SpliceInsert?: Scte35SpliceInsert;
 915      Scte35TimeSignalApos?: Scte35TimeSignalApos;
 916    }
 917    export interface BatchDeleteRequest {
 918      /**
 919       * List of channel IDs
 920       */
 921      ChannelIds?: __listOf__string;
 922      /**
 923       * List of input IDs
 924       */
 925      InputIds?: __listOf__string;
 926      /**
 927       * List of input security group IDs
 928       */
 929      InputSecurityGroupIds?: __listOf__string;
 930      /**
 931       * List of multiplex IDs
 932       */
 933      MultiplexIds?: __listOf__string;
 934    }
 935    export interface BatchDeleteResponse {
 936      /**
 937       * List of failed operations
 938       */
 939      Failed?: __listOfBatchFailedResultModel;
 940      /**
 941       * List of successful operations
 942       */
 943      Successful?: __listOfBatchSuccessfulResultModel;
 944    }
 945    export interface BatchFailedResultModel {
 946      /**
 947       * ARN of the resource
 948       */
 949      Arn?: __string;
 950      /**
 951       * Error code for the failed operation
 952       */
 953      Code?: __string;
 954      /**
 955       * ID of the resource
 956       */
 957      Id?: __string;
 958      /**
 959       * Error message for the failed operation
 960       */
 961      Message?: __string;
 962    }
 963    export interface BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest {
 964      /**
 965       * A list of schedule actions to create.
 966       */
 967      ScheduleActions: __listOfScheduleAction;
 968    }
 969    export interface BatchScheduleActionCreateResult {
 970      /**
 971       * List of actions that have been created in the schedule.
 972       */
 973      ScheduleActions: __listOfScheduleAction;
 974    }
 975    export interface BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest {
 976      /**
 977       * A list of schedule actions to delete.
 978       */
 979      ActionNames: __listOf__string;
 980    }
 981    export interface BatchScheduleActionDeleteResult {
 982      /**
 983       * List of actions that have been deleted from the schedule.
 984       */
 985      ScheduleActions: __listOfScheduleAction;
 986    }
 987    export interface BatchStartRequest {
 988      /**
 989       * List of channel IDs
 990       */
 991      ChannelIds?: __listOf__string;
 992      /**
 993       * List of multiplex IDs
 994       */
 995      MultiplexIds?: __listOf__string;
 996    }
 997    export interface BatchStartResponse {
 998      /**
 999       * List of failed operations
1000       */
1001      Failed?: __listOfBatchFailedResultModel;
1002      /**
1003       * List of successful operations
1004       */
1005      Successful?: __listOfBatchSuccessfulResultModel;
1006    }
1007    export interface BatchStopRequest {
1008      /**
1009       * List of channel IDs
1010       */
1011      ChannelIds?: __listOf__string;
1012      /**
1013       * List of multiplex IDs
1014       */
1015      MultiplexIds?: __listOf__string;
1016    }
1017    export interface BatchStopResponse {
1018      /**
1019       * List of failed operations
1020       */
1021      Failed?: __listOfBatchFailedResultModel;
1022      /**
1023       * List of successful operations
1024       */
1025      Successful?: __listOfBatchSuccessfulResultModel;
1026    }
1027    export interface BatchSuccessfulResultModel {
1028      /**
1029       * ARN of the resource
1030       */
1031      Arn?: __string;
1032      /**
1033       * ID of the resource
1034       */
1035      Id?: __string;
1036      /**
1037       * Current state of the resource
1038       */
1039      State?: __string;
1040    }
1041    export interface BatchUpdateScheduleRequest {
1042      /**
1043       * Id of the channel whose schedule is being updated.
1044       */
1045      ChannelId: __string;
1046      /**
1047       * Schedule actions to create in the schedule.
1048       */
1049      Creates?: BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest;
1050      /**
1051       * Schedule actions to delete from the schedule.
1052       */
1053      Deletes?: BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest;
1054    }
1055    export interface BatchUpdateScheduleResponse {
1056      /**
1057       * Schedule actions created in the schedule.
1058       */
1059      Creates?: BatchScheduleActionCreateResult;
1060      /**
1061       * Schedule actions deleted from the schedule.
1062       */
1063      Deletes?: BatchScheduleActionDeleteResult;
1064    }
1065    export interface BlackoutSlate {
1066      /**
1067       * Blackout slate image to be used. Leave empty for solid black. Only bmp and png images are supported.
1068       */
1069      BlackoutSlateImage?: InputLocation;
1070      /**
1071       * Setting to enabled causes the encoder to blackout the video, audio, and captions, and raise the "Network Blackout Image" slate when an SCTE104/35 Network End Segmentation Descriptor is encountered. The blackout will be lifted when the Network Start Segmentation Descriptor is encountered. The Network End and Network Start descriptors must contain a network ID that matches the value entered in "Network ID".
1072       */
1073      NetworkEndBlackout?: BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackout;
1074      /**
1075       * Path to local file to use as Network End Blackout image. Image will be scaled to fill the entire output raster.
1076       */
1077      NetworkEndBlackoutImage?: InputLocation;
1078      /**
1079       * Provides Network ID that matches EIDR ID format (e.g., "10.XXXX/XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-C").
1080       */
1081      NetworkId?: __stringMin34Max34;
1082      /**
1083       * When set to enabled, causes video, audio and captions to be blanked when indicated by program metadata.
1084       */
1085      State?: BlackoutSlateState;
1086    }
1087    export type BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackout = "DISABLED"|"ENABLED"|string;
1088    export type BlackoutSlateState = "DISABLED"|"ENABLED"|string;
1089    export type BurnInAlignment = "CENTERED"|"LEFT"|"SMART"|string;
1090    export type BurnInBackgroundColor = "BLACK"|"NONE"|"WHITE"|string;
1091    export interface BurnInDestinationSettings {
1092      /**
1093       * If no explicit xPosition or yPosition is provided, setting alignment to centered will place the captions at the bottom center of the output. Similarly, setting a left alignment will align captions to the bottom left of the output. If x and y positions are given in conjunction with the alignment parameter, the font will be justified (either left or centered) relative to those coordinates. Selecting "smart" justification will left-justify live subtitles and center-justify pre-recorded subtitles.  All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
1094       */
1095      Alignment?: BurnInAlignment;
1096      /**
1097       * Specifies the color of the rectangle behind the captions.  All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
1098       */
1099      BackgroundColor?: BurnInBackgroundColor;
1100      /**
1101       * Specifies the opacity of the background rectangle. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent. Leaving this parameter out is equivalent to setting it to 0 (transparent).  All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
1102       */
1103      BackgroundOpacity?: __integerMin0Max255;
1104      /**
1105       * External font file used for caption burn-in. File extension must be 'ttf' or 'tte'.  Although the user can select output fonts for many different types of input captions,  embedded, STL and teletext sources use a strict grid system. Using external fonts with these caption sources could cause unexpected display of proportional fonts.  All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
1106       */
1107      Font?: InputLocation;
1108      /**
1109       * Specifies the color of the burned-in captions.  This option is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext.  These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream.  All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
1110       */
1111      FontColor?: BurnInFontColor;
1112      /**
1113       * Specifies the opacity of the burned-in captions. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent.  All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
1114       */
1115      FontOpacity?: __integerMin0Max255;
1116      /**
1117       * Font resolution in DPI (dots per inch); default is 96 dpi.  All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
1118       */
1119      FontResolution?: __integerMin96Max600;
1120      /**
1121       * When set to 'auto' fontSize will scale depending on the size of the output.  Giving a positive integer will specify the exact font size in points.  All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
1122       */
1123      FontSize?: __string;
1124      /**
1125       * Specifies font outline color. This option is not valid for source captions that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
1126       */
1127      OutlineColor?: BurnInOutlineColor;
1128      /**
1129       * Specifies font outline size in pixels. This option is not valid for source captions that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
1130       */
1131      OutlineSize?: __integerMin0Max10;
1132      /**
1133       * Specifies the color of the shadow cast by the captions.  All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
1134       */
1135      ShadowColor?: BurnInShadowColor;
1136      /**
1137       * Specifies the opacity of the shadow. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent. Leaving this parameter out is equivalent to setting it to 0 (transparent).  All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
1138       */
1139      ShadowOpacity?: __integerMin0Max255;
1140      /**
1141       * Specifies the horizontal offset of the shadow relative to the captions in pixels. A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels to the left.  All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
1142       */
1143      ShadowXOffset?: __integer;
1144      /**
1145       * Specifies the vertical offset of the shadow relative to the captions in pixels. A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels above the text.  All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
1146       */
1147      ShadowYOffset?: __integer;
1148      /**
1149       * Controls whether a fixed grid size will be used to generate the output subtitles bitmap. Only applicable for Teletext inputs and DVB-Sub/Burn-in outputs.
1150       */
1151      TeletextGridControl?: BurnInTeletextGridControl;
1152      /**
1153       * Specifies the horizontal position of the caption relative to the left side of the output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 10 pixels from the left of the output. If no explicit xPosition is provided, the horizontal caption position will be determined by the alignment parameter.  All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
1154       */
1155      XPosition?: __integerMin0;
1156      /**
1157       * Specifies the vertical position of the caption relative to the top of the output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 10 pixels from the top of the output. If no explicit yPosition is provided, the caption will be positioned towards the bottom of the output.  All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
1158       */
1159      YPosition?: __integerMin0;
1160    }
1161    export type BurnInFontColor = "BLACK"|"BLUE"|"GREEN"|"RED"|"WHITE"|"YELLOW"|string;
1162    export type BurnInOutlineColor = "BLACK"|"BLUE"|"GREEN"|"RED"|"WHITE"|"YELLOW"|string;
1163    export type BurnInShadowColor = "BLACK"|"NONE"|"WHITE"|string;
1164    export type BurnInTeletextGridControl = "FIXED"|"SCALED"|string;
1165    export interface CancelInputDeviceTransferRequest {
1166      /**
1167       * The unique ID of the input device to cancel. For example, hd-123456789abcdef.
1168       */
1169      InputDeviceId: __string;
1170    }
1171    export interface CancelInputDeviceTransferResponse {
1172    }
1173    export interface CaptionDescription {
1174      /**
1175       * Specifies which input caption selector to use as a caption source when generating output captions. This field should match a captionSelector name.
1176       */
1177      CaptionSelectorName: __string;
1178      /**
1179       * Additional settings for captions destination that depend on the destination type.
1180       */
1181      DestinationSettings?: CaptionDestinationSettings;
1182      /**
1183       * ISO 639-2 three-digit code: http://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2/
1184       */
1185      LanguageCode?: __string;
1186      /**
1187       * Human readable information to indicate captions available for players (eg. English, or Spanish).
1188       */
1189      LanguageDescription?: __string;
1190      /**
1191       * Name of the caption description.  Used to associate a caption description with an output.  Names must be unique within an event.
1192       */
1193      Name: __string;
1194    }
1195    export interface CaptionDestinationSettings {
1196      AribDestinationSettings?: AribDestinationSettings;
1197      BurnInDestinationSettings?: BurnInDestinationSettings;
1198      DvbSubDestinationSettings?: DvbSubDestinationSettings;
1199      EbuTtDDestinationSettings?: EbuTtDDestinationSettings;
1200      EmbeddedDestinationSettings?: EmbeddedDestinationSettings;
1201      EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings?: EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings;
1202      RtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings?: RtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings;
1203      Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings?: Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings;
1204      Scte27DestinationSettings?: Scte27DestinationSettings;
1205      SmpteTtDestinationSettings?: SmpteTtDestinationSettings;
1206      TeletextDestinationSettings?: TeletextDestinationSettings;
1207      TtmlDestinationSettings?: TtmlDestinationSettings;
1208      WebvttDestinationSettings?: WebvttDestinationSettings;
1209    }
1210    export interface CaptionLanguageMapping {
1211      /**
1212       * The closed caption channel being described by this CaptionLanguageMapping.  Each channel mapping must have a unique channel number (maximum of 4)
1213       */
1214      CaptionChannel: __integerMin1Max4;
1215      /**
1216       * Three character ISO 639-2 language code (see http://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2)
1217       */
1218      LanguageCode: __stringMin3Max3;
1219      /**
1220       * Textual description of language
1221       */
1222      LanguageDescription: __stringMin1;
1223    }
1224    export interface CaptionRectangle {
1225      /**
1226       * See the description in leftOffset.
1227  For height, specify the entire height of the rectangle as a percentage of the underlying frame height. For example, \"80\" means the rectangle height is 80% of the underlying frame height. The topOffset and rectangleHeight must add up to 100% or less.
1228  This field corresponds to tts:extent - Y in the TTML standard.
1229       */
1230      Height: __doubleMin0Max100;
1231      /**
1232       * Applies only if you plan to convert these source captions to EBU-TT-D or TTML in an output. (Make sure to leave the default if you don't have either of these formats in the output.) You can define a display rectangle for the captions that is smaller than the underlying video frame. You define the rectangle by specifying the position of the left edge, top edge, bottom edge, and right edge of the rectangle, all within the underlying video frame. The units for the measurements are percentages.
1233  If you specify a value for one of these fields, you must specify a value for all of them.
1234  For leftOffset, specify the position of the left edge of the rectangle, as a percentage of the underlying frame width, and relative to the left edge of the frame. For example, \"10\" means the measurement is 10% of the underlying frame width. The rectangle left edge starts at that position from the left edge of the frame.
1235  This field corresponds to tts:origin - X in the TTML standard.
1236       */
1237      LeftOffset: __doubleMin0Max100;
1238      /**
1239       * See the description in leftOffset.
1240  For topOffset, specify the position of the top edge of the rectangle, as a percentage of the underlying frame height, and relative to the top edge of the frame. For example, \"10\" means the measurement is 10% of the underlying frame height. The rectangle top edge starts at that position from the top edge of the frame.
1241  This field corresponds to tts:origin - Y in the TTML standard.
1242       */
1243      TopOffset: __doubleMin0Max100;
1244      /**
1245       * See the description in leftOffset.
1246  For width, specify the entire width of the rectangle as a percentage of the underlying frame width. For example, \"80\" means the rectangle width is 80% of the underlying frame width. The leftOffset and rectangleWidth must add up to 100% or less.
1247  This field corresponds to tts:extent - X in the TTML standard.
1248       */
1249      Width: __doubleMin0Max100;
1250    }
1251    export interface CaptionSelector {
1252      /**
1253       * When specified this field indicates the three letter language code of the caption track to extract from the source.
1254       */
1255      LanguageCode?: __string;
1256      /**
1257       * Name identifier for a caption selector.  This name is used to associate this caption selector with one or more caption descriptions.  Names must be unique within an event.
1258       */
1259      Name: __stringMin1;
1260      /**
1261       * Caption selector settings.
1262       */
1263      SelectorSettings?: CaptionSelectorSettings;
1264    }
1265    export interface CaptionSelectorSettings {
1266      AncillarySourceSettings?: AncillarySourceSettings;
1267      AribSourceSettings?: AribSourceSettings;
1268      DvbSubSourceSettings?: DvbSubSourceSettings;
1269      EmbeddedSourceSettings?: EmbeddedSourceSettings;
1270      Scte20SourceSettings?: Scte20SourceSettings;
1271      Scte27SourceSettings?: Scte27SourceSettings;
1272      TeletextSourceSettings?: TeletextSourceSettings;
1273    }
1274    export type CdiInputResolution = "SD"|"HD"|"FHD"|"UHD"|string;
1275    export interface CdiInputSpecification {
1276      /**
1277       * Maximum CDI input resolution
1278       */
1279      Resolution?: CdiInputResolution;
1280    }
1281    export interface Channel {
1282      /**
1283       * The unique arn of the channel.
1284       */
1285      Arn?: __string;
1286      /**
1287       * Specification of CDI inputs for this channel
1288       */
1289      CdiInputSpecification?: CdiInputSpecification;
1290      /**
1291       * The class for this channel. STANDARD for a channel with two pipelines or SINGLE_PIPELINE for a channel with one pipeline.
1292       */
1293      ChannelClass?: ChannelClass;
1294      /**
1295       * A list of destinations of the channel. For UDP outputs, there is one
1296  destination per output. For other types (HLS, for example), there is
1297  one destination per packager.
1298  
1299       */
1300      Destinations?: __listOfOutputDestination;
1301      /**
1302       * The endpoints where outgoing connections initiate from
1303       */
1304      EgressEndpoints?: __listOfChannelEgressEndpoint;
1305      EncoderSettings?: EncoderSettings;
1306      /**
1307       * The unique id of the channel.
1308       */
1309      Id?: __string;
1310      /**
1311       * List of input attachments for channel.
1312       */
1313      InputAttachments?: __listOfInputAttachment;
1314      /**
1315       * Specification of network and file inputs for this channel
1316       */
1317      InputSpecification?: InputSpecification;
1318      /**
1319       * The log level being written to CloudWatch Logs.
1320       */
1321      LogLevel?: LogLevel;
1322      /**
1323       * The name of the channel. (user-mutable)
1324       */
1325      Name?: __string;
1326      /**
1327       * Runtime details for the pipelines of a running channel.
1328       */
1329      PipelineDetails?: __listOfPipelineDetail;
1330      /**
1331       * The number of currently healthy pipelines.
1332       */
1333      PipelinesRunningCount?: __integer;
1334      /**
1335       * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role assumed when running the Channel.
1336       */
1337      RoleArn?: __string;
1338      State?: ChannelState;
1339      /**
1340       * A collection of key-value pairs.
1341       */
1342      Tags?: Tags;
1343      /**
1344       * Settings for VPC output
1345       */
1346      Vpc?: VpcOutputSettingsDescription;
1347    }
1348    export type ChannelClass = "STANDARD"|"SINGLE_PIPELINE"|string;
1349    export interface ChannelEgressEndpoint {
1350      /**
1351       * Public IP of where a channel's output comes from
1352       */
1353      SourceIp?: __string;
1354    }
1355    export type ChannelState = "CREATING"|"CREATE_FAILED"|"IDLE"|"STARTING"|"RUNNING"|"RECOVERING"|"STOPPING"|"DELETING"|"DELETED"|"UPDATING"|"UPDATE_FAILED"|string;
1356    export interface ChannelSummary {
1357      /**
1358       * The unique arn of the channel.
1359       */
1360      Arn?: __string;
1361      /**
1362       * Specification of CDI inputs for this channel
1363       */
1364      CdiInputSpecification?: CdiInputSpecification;
1365      /**
1366       * The class for this channel. STANDARD for a channel with two pipelines or SINGLE_PIPELINE for a channel with one pipeline.
1367       */
1368      ChannelClass?: ChannelClass;
1369      /**
1370       * A list of destinations of the channel. For UDP outputs, there is one
1371  destination per output. For other types (HLS, for example), there is
1372  one destination per packager.
1373  
1374       */
1375      Destinations?: __listOfOutputDestination;
1376      /**
1377       * The endpoints where outgoing connections initiate from
1378       */
1379      EgressEndpoints?: __listOfChannelEgressEndpoint;
1380      /**
1381       * The unique id of the channel.
1382       */
1383      Id?: __string;
1384      /**
1385       * List of input attachments for channel.
1386       */
1387      InputAttachments?: __listOfInputAttachment;
1388      /**
1389       * Specification of network and file inputs for this channel
1390       */
1391      InputSpecification?: InputSpecification;
1392      /**
1393       * The log level being written to CloudWatch Logs.
1394       */
1395      LogLevel?: LogLevel;
1396      /**
1397       * The name of the channel. (user-mutable)
1398       */
1399      Name?: __string;
1400      /**
1401       * The number of currently healthy pipelines.
1402       */
1403      PipelinesRunningCount?: __integer;
1404      /**
1405       * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role assumed when running the Channel.
1406       */
1407      RoleArn?: __string;
1408      State?: ChannelState;
1409      /**
1410       * A collection of key-value pairs.
1411       */
1412      Tags?: Tags;
1413      /**
1414       * Settings for VPC output
1415       */
1416      Vpc?: VpcOutputSettingsDescription;
1417    }
1418    export interface ColorSpacePassthroughSettings {
1419    }
1420    export interface CreateChannelRequest {
1421      /**
1422       * Specification of CDI inputs for this channel
1423       */
1424      CdiInputSpecification?: CdiInputSpecification;
1425      /**
1426       * The class for this channel. STANDARD for a channel with two pipelines or SINGLE_PIPELINE for a channel with one pipeline.
1427       */
1428      ChannelClass?: ChannelClass;
1429      Destinations?: __listOfOutputDestination;
1430      EncoderSettings?: EncoderSettings;
1431      /**
1432       * List of input attachments for channel.
1433       */
1434      InputAttachments?: __listOfInputAttachment;
1435      /**
1436       * Specification of network and file inputs for this channel
1437       */
1438      InputSpecification?: InputSpecification;
1439      /**
1440       * The log level to write to CloudWatch Logs.
1441       */
1442      LogLevel?: LogLevel;
1443      /**
1444       * Name of channel.
1445       */
1446      Name?: __string;
1447      /**
1448       * Unique request ID to be specified. This is needed to prevent retries from
1449  creating multiple resources.
1450  
1451       */
1452      RequestId?: __string;
1453      /**
1454       * Deprecated field that's only usable by whitelisted customers.
1455       */
1456      Reserved?: __string;
1457      /**
1458       * An optional Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role to assume when running the Channel.
1459       */
1460      RoleArn?: __string;
1461      /**
1462       * A collection of key-value pairs.
1463       */
1464      Tags?: Tags;
1465      /**
1466       * Settings for VPC output
1467       */
1468      Vpc?: VpcOutputSettings;
1469    }
1470    export interface CreateChannelResponse {
1471      Channel?: Channel;
1472    }
1473    export interface CreateInputRequest {
1474      /**
1475       * Destination settings for PUSH type inputs.
1476       */
1477      Destinations?: __listOfInputDestinationRequest;
1478      /**
1479       * Settings for the devices.
1480       */
1481      InputDevices?: __listOfInputDeviceSettings;
1482      /**
1483       * A list of security groups referenced by IDs to attach to the input.
1484       */
1485      InputSecurityGroups?: __listOf__string;
1486      /**
1487       * A list of the MediaConnect Flows that you want to use in this input. You can specify as few as one
1488  Flow and presently, as many as two. The only requirement is when you have more than one is that each Flow is in a
1489  separate Availability Zone as this ensures your EML input is redundant to AZ issues.
1490  
1491       */
1492      MediaConnectFlows?: __listOfMediaConnectFlowRequest;
1493      /**
1494       * Name of the input.
1495       */
1496      Name?: __string;
1497      /**
1498       * Unique identifier of the request to ensure the request is handled
1499  exactly once in case of retries.
1500  
1501       */
1502      RequestId?: __string;
1503      /**
1504       * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role this input assumes during and after creation.
1505       */
1506      RoleArn?: __string;
1507      /**
1508       * The source URLs for a PULL-type input. Every PULL type input needs
1509  exactly two source URLs for redundancy.
1510  Only specify sources for PULL type Inputs. Leave Destinations empty.
1511  
1512       */
1513      Sources?: __listOfInputSourceRequest;
1514      /**
1515       * A collection of key-value pairs.
1516       */
1517      Tags?: Tags;
1518      Type?: InputType;
1519      Vpc?: InputVpcRequest;
1520    }
1521    export interface CreateInputResponse {
1522      Input?: Input;
1523    }
1524    export interface CreateInputSecurityGroupRequest {
1525      /**
1526       * A collection of key-value pairs.
1527       */
1528      Tags?: Tags;
1529      /**
1530       * List of IPv4 CIDR addresses to whitelist
1531       */
1532      WhitelistRules?: __listOfInputWhitelistRuleCidr;
1533    }
1534    export interface CreateInputSecurityGroupResponse {
1535      SecurityGroup?: InputSecurityGroup;
1536    }
1537    export interface CreateMultiplexProgramRequest {
1538      /**
1539       * ID of the multiplex where the program is to be created.
1540       */
1541      MultiplexId: __string;
1542      /**
1543       * The settings for this multiplex program.
1544       */
1545      MultiplexProgramSettings: MultiplexProgramSettings;
1546      /**
1547       * Name of multiplex program.
1548       */
1549      ProgramName: __string;
1550      /**
1551       * Unique request ID. This prevents retries from creating multiple
1552  resources.
1553  
1554       */
1555      RequestId: __string;
1556    }
1557    export interface CreateMultiplexProgramResponse {
1558      /**
1559       * The newly created multiplex program.
1560       */
1561      MultiplexProgram?: MultiplexProgram;
1562    }
1563    export interface CreateMultiplexRequest {
1564      /**
1565       * A list of availability zones for the multiplex. You must specify exactly two.
1566       */
1567      AvailabilityZones: __listOf__string;
1568      /**
1569       * Configuration for a multiplex event.
1570       */
1571      MultiplexSettings: MultiplexSettings;
1572      /**
1573       * Name of multiplex.
1574       */
1575      Name: __string;
1576      /**
1577       * Unique request ID. This prevents retries from creating multiple
1578  resources.
1579  
1580       */
1581      RequestId: __string;
1582      /**
1583       * A collection of key-value pairs.
1584       */
1585      Tags?: Tags;
1586    }
1587    export interface CreateMultiplexResponse {
1588      /**
1589       * The newly created multiplex.
1590       */
1591      Multiplex?: Multiplex;
1592    }
1593    export interface CreatePartnerInputRequest {
1594      /**
1595       * Unique ID of the input.
1596       */
1597      InputId: __string;
1598      /**
1599       * Unique identifier of the request to ensure the request is handled
1600  exactly once in case of retries.
1601  
1602       */
1603      RequestId?: __string;
1604      /**
1605       * A collection of key-value pairs.
1606       */
1607      Tags?: Tags;
1608    }
1609    export interface CreatePartnerInputResponse {
1610      Input?: Input;
1611    }
1612    export interface CreateTagsRequest {
1613      ResourceArn: __string;
1614      Tags?: Tags;
1615    }
1616    export interface DeleteChannelRequest {
1617      /**
1618       * Unique ID of the channel.
1619       */
1620      ChannelId: __string;
1621    }
1622    export interface DeleteChannelResponse {
1623      /**
1624       * The unique arn of the channel.
1625       */
1626      Arn?: __string;
1627      /**
1628       * Specification of CDI inputs for this channel
1629       */
1630      CdiInputSpecification?: CdiInputSpecification;
1631      /**
1632       * The class for this channel. STANDARD for a channel with two pipelines or SINGLE_PIPELINE for a channel with one pipeline.
1633       */
1634      ChannelClass?: ChannelClass;
1635      /**
1636       * A list of destinations of the channel. For UDP outputs, there is one
1637  destination per output. For other types (HLS, for example), there is
1638  one destination per packager.
1639  
1640       */
1641      Destinations?: __listOfOutputDestination;
1642      /**
1643       * The endpoints where outgoing connections initiate from
1644       */
1645      EgressEndpoints?: __listOfChannelEgressEndpoint;
1646      EncoderSettings?: EncoderSettings;
1647      /**
1648       * The unique id of the channel.
1649       */
1650      Id?: __string;
1651      /**
1652       * List of input attachments for channel.
1653       */
1654      InputAttachments?: __listOfInputAttachment;
1655      /**
1656       * Specification of network and file inputs for this channel
1657       */
1658      InputSpecification?: InputSpecification;
1659      /**
1660       * The log level being written to CloudWatch Logs.
1661       */
1662      LogLevel?: LogLevel;
1663      /**
1664       * The name of the channel. (user-mutable)
1665       */
1666      Name?: __string;
1667      /**
1668       * Runtime details for the pipelines of a running channel.
1669       */
1670      PipelineDetails?: __listOfPipelineDetail;
1671      /**
1672       * The number of currently healthy pipelines.
1673       */
1674      PipelinesRunningCount?: __integer;
1675      /**
1676       * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role assumed when running the Channel.
1677       */
1678      RoleArn?: __string;
1679      State?: ChannelState;
1680      /**
1681       * A collection of key-value pairs.
1682       */
1683      Tags?: Tags;
1684      /**
1685       * Settings for VPC output
1686       */
1687      Vpc?: VpcOutputSettingsDescription;
1688    }
1689    export interface DeleteInputRequest {
1690      /**
1691       * Unique ID of the input
1692       */
1693      InputId: __string;
1694    }
1695    export interface DeleteInputResponse {
1696    }
1697    export interface DeleteInputSecurityGroupRequest {
1698      /**
1699       * The Input Security Group to delete
1700       */
1701      InputSecurityGroupId: __string;
1702    }
1703    export interface DeleteInputSecurityGroupResponse {
1704    }
1705    export interface DeleteMultiplexProgramRequest {
1706      /**
1707       * The ID of the multiplex that the program belongs to.
1708       */
1709      MultiplexId: __string;
1710      /**
1711       * The multiplex program name.
1712       */
1713      ProgramName: __string;
1714    }
1715    export interface DeleteMultiplexProgramResponse {
1716      /**
1717       * The MediaLive channel associated with the program.
1718       */
1719      ChannelId?: __string;
1720      /**
1721       * The settings for this multiplex program.
1722       */
1723      MultiplexProgramSettings?: MultiplexProgramSettings;
1724      /**
1725       * The packet identifier map for this multiplex program.
1726       */
1727      PacketIdentifiersMap?: MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap;
1728      /**
1729       * Contains information about the current sources for the specified program in the specified multiplex. Keep in mind that each multiplex pipeline connects to both pipelines in a given source channel (the channel identified by the program). But only one of those channel pipelines is ever active at one time.
1730       */
1731      PipelineDetails?: __listOfMultiplexProgramPipelineDetail;
1732      /**
1733       * The name of the multiplex program.
1734       */
1735      ProgramName?: __string;
1736    }
1737    export interface DeleteMultiplexRequest {
1738      /**
1739       * The ID of the multiplex.
1740       */
1741      MultiplexId: __string;
1742    }
1743    export interface DeleteMultiplexResponse {
1744      /**
1745       * The unique arn of the multiplex.
1746       */
1747      Arn?: __string;
1748      /**
1749       * A list of availability zones for the multiplex.
1750       */
1751      AvailabilityZones?: __listOf__string;
1752      /**
1753       * A list of the multiplex output destinations.
1754       */
1755      Destinations?: __listOfMultiplexOutputDestination;
1756      /**
1757       * The unique id of the multiplex.
1758       */
1759      Id?: __string;
1760      /**
1761       * Configuration for a multiplex event.
1762       */
1763      MultiplexSettings?: MultiplexSettings;
1764      /**
1765       * The name of the multiplex.
1766       */
1767      Name?: __string;
1768      /**
1769       * The number of currently healthy pipelines.
1770       */
1771      PipelinesRunningCount?: __integer;
1772      /**
1773       * The number of programs in the multiplex.
1774       */
1775      ProgramCount?: __integer;
1776      /**
1777       * The current state of the multiplex.
1778       */
1779      State?: MultiplexState;
1780      /**
1781       * A collection of key-value pairs.
1782       */
1783      Tags?: Tags;
1784    }
1785    export interface DeleteReservationRequest {
1786      /**
1787       * Unique reservation ID, e.g. '1234567'
1788       */
1789      ReservationId: __string;
1790    }
1791    export interface DeleteReservationResponse {
1792      /**
1793       * Unique reservation ARN, e.g. 'arn:aws:medialive:us-west-2:123456789012:reservation:1234567'
1794       */
1795      Arn?: __string;
1796      /**
1797       * Number of reserved resources
1798       */
1799      Count?: __integer;
1800      /**
1801       * Currency code for usagePrice and fixedPrice in ISO-4217 format, e.g. 'USD'
1802       */
1803      CurrencyCode?: __string;
1804      /**
1805       * Lease duration, e.g. '12'
1806       */
1807      Duration?: __integer;
1808      /**
1809       * Units for duration, e.g. 'MONTHS'
1810       */
1811      DurationUnits?: OfferingDurationUnits;
1812      /**
1813       * Reservation UTC end date and time in ISO-8601 format, e.g. '2019-03-01T00:00:00'
1814       */
1815      End?: __string;
1816      /**
1817       * One-time charge for each reserved resource, e.g. '0.0' for a NO_UPFRONT offering
1818       */
1819      FixedPrice?: __double;
1820      /**
1821       * User specified reservation name
1822       */
1823      Name?: __string;
1824      /**
1825       * Offering description, e.g. 'HD AVC output at 10-20 Mbps, 30 fps, and standard VQ in US West (Oregon)'
1826       */
1827      OfferingDescription?: __string;
1828      /**
1829       * Unique offering ID, e.g. '87654321'
1830       */
1831      OfferingId?: __string;
1832      /**
1833       * Offering type, e.g. 'NO_UPFRONT'
1834       */
1835      OfferingType?: OfferingType;
1836      /**
1837       * AWS region, e.g. 'us-west-2'
1838       */
1839      Region?: __string;
1840      /**
1841       * Unique reservation ID, e.g. '1234567'
1842       */
1843      ReservationId?: __string;
1844      /**
1845       * Resource configuration details
1846       */
1847      ResourceSpecification?: ReservationResourceSpecification;
1848      /**
1849       * Reservation UTC start date and time in ISO-8601 format, e.g. '2018-03-01T00:00:00'
1850       */
1851      Start?: __string;
1852      /**
1853       * Current state of reservation, e.g. 'ACTIVE'
1854       */
1855      State?: ReservationState;
1856      /**
1857       * A collection of key-value pairs
1858       */
1859      Tags?: Tags;
1860      /**
1861       * Recurring usage charge for each reserved resource, e.g. '157.0'
1862       */
1863      UsagePrice?: __double;
1864    }
1865    export interface DeleteScheduleRequest {
1866      /**
1867       * Id of the channel whose schedule is being deleted.
1868       */
1869      ChannelId: __string;
1870    }
1871    export interface DeleteScheduleResponse {
1872    }
1873    export interface DeleteTagsRequest {
1874      ResourceArn: __string;
1875      /**
1876       * An array of tag keys to delete
1877       */
1878      TagKeys: __listOf__string;
1879    }
1880    export interface DescribeChannelRequest {
1881      /**
1882       * channel ID
1883       */
1884      ChannelId: __string;
1885    }
1886    export interface DescribeChannelResponse {
1887      /**
1888       * The unique arn of the channel.
1889       */
1890      Arn?: __string;
1891      /**
1892       * Specification of CDI inputs for this channel
1893       */
1894      CdiInputSpecification?: CdiInputSpecification;
1895      /**
1896       * The class for this channel. STANDARD for a channel with two pipelines or SINGLE_PIPELINE for a channel with one pipeline.
1897       */
1898      ChannelClass?: ChannelClass;
1899      /**
1900       * A list of destinations of the channel. For UDP outputs, there is one
1901  destination per output. For other types (HLS, for example), there is
1902  one destination per packager.
1903  
1904       */
1905      Destinations?: __listOfOutputDestination;
1906      /**
1907       * The endpoints where outgoing connections initiate from
1908       */
1909      EgressEndpoints?: __listOfChannelEgressEndpoint;
1910      EncoderSettings?: EncoderSettings;
1911      /**
1912       * The unique id of the channel.
1913       */
1914      Id?: __string;
1915      /**
1916       * List of input attachments for channel.
1917       */
1918      InputAttachments?: __listOfInputAttachment;
1919      /**
1920       * Specification of network and file inputs for this channel
1921       */
1922      InputSpecification?: InputSpecification;
1923      /**
1924       * The log level being written to CloudWatch Logs.
1925       */
1926      LogLevel?: LogLevel;
1927      /**
1928       * The name of the channel. (user-mutable)
1929       */
1930      Name?: __string;
1931      /**
1932       * Runtime details for the pipelines of a running channel.
1933       */
1934      PipelineDetails?: __listOfPipelineDetail;
1935      /**
1936       * The number of currently healthy pipelines.
1937       */
1938      PipelinesRunningCount?: __integer;
1939      /**
1940       * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role assumed when running the Channel.
1941       */
1942      RoleArn?: __string;
1943      State?: ChannelState;
1944      /**
1945       * A collection of key-value pairs.
1946       */
1947      Tags?: Tags;
1948      /**
1949       * Settings for VPC output
1950       */
1951      Vpc?: VpcOutputSettingsDescription;
1952    }
1953    export interface DescribeInputDeviceRequest {
1954      /**
1955       * The unique ID of this input device. For example, hd-123456789abcdef.
1956       */
1957      InputDeviceId: __string;
1958    }
1959    export interface DescribeInputDeviceResponse {
1960      /**
1961       * The unique ARN of the input device.
1962       */
1963      Arn?: __string;
1964      /**
1965       * The state of the connection between the input device and AWS.
1966       */
1967      ConnectionState?: InputDeviceConnectionState;
1968      /**
1969       * The status of the action to synchronize the device configuration. If you change the configuration of the input device (for example, the maximum bitrate), MediaLive sends the new data to the device. The device might not update itself immediately. SYNCED means the device has updated its configuration. SYNCING means that it has not updated its configuration.
1970       */
1971      DeviceSettingsSyncState?: DeviceSettingsSyncState;
1972      /**
1973       * The status of software on the input device.
1974       */
1975      DeviceUpdateStatus?: DeviceUpdateStatus;
1976      /**
1977       * Settings that describe an input device that is type HD.
1978       */
1979      HdDeviceSettings?: InputDeviceHdSettings;
1980      /**
1981       * The unique ID of the input device.
1982       */
1983      Id?: __string;
1984      /**
1985       * The network MAC address of the input device.
1986       */
1987      MacAddress?: __string;
1988      /**
1989       * A name that you specify for the input device.
1990       */
1991      Name?: __string;
1992      /**
1993       * The network settings for the input device.
1994       */
1995      NetworkSettings?: InputDeviceNetworkSettings;
1996      /**
1997       * The unique serial number of the input device.
1998       */
1999      SerialNumber?: __string;
2000      /**
2001       * The type of the input device.
2002       */
2003      Type?: InputDeviceType;
2004      /**
2005       * Settings that describe an input device that is type UHD.
2006       */
2007      UhdDeviceSettings?: InputDeviceUhdSettings;
2008    }
2009    export interface DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailRequest {
2010      /**
2011       * The unique ID of this input device. For example, hd-123456789abcdef.
2012       */
2013      InputDeviceId: __string;
2014      /**
2015       * The HTTP Accept header. Indicates the requested type for the thumbnail.
2016       */
2017      Accept: AcceptHeader;
2018    }
2019    export interface DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailResponse {
2020      /**
2021       * The binary data for the thumbnail that the Link device has most recently sent to MediaLive.
2022       */
2023      Body?: InputDeviceThumbnail;
2024      /**
2025       * Specifies the media type of the thumbnail.
2026       */
2027      ContentType?: ContentType;
2028      /**
2029       * The length of the content.
2030       */
2031      ContentLength?: __long;
2032      /**
2033       * The unique, cacheable version of this thumbnail.
2034       */
2035      ETag?: __string;
2036      /**
2037       * The date and time the thumbnail was last updated at the device.
2038       */
2039      LastModified?: __timestamp;
2040    }
2041    export interface DescribeInputRequest {
2042      /**
2043       * Unique ID of the input
2044       */
2045      InputId: __string;
2046    }
2047    export interface DescribeInputResponse {
2048      /**
2049       * The Unique ARN of the input (generated, immutable).
2050       */
2051      Arn?: __string;
2052      /**
2053       * A list of channel IDs that that input is attached to (currently an input can only be attached to one channel).
2054       */
2055      AttachedChannels?: __listOf__string;
2056      /**
2057       * A list of the destinations of the input (PUSH-type).
2058       */
2059      Destinations?: __listOfInputDestination;
2060      /**
2061       * The generated ID of the input (unique for user account, immutable).
2062       */
2063      Id?: __string;
2064      /**
2065       * STANDARD - MediaLive expects two sources to be connected to this input. If the channel is also STANDARD, both sources will be ingested. If the channel is SINGLE_PIPELINE, only the first source will be ingested; the second source will always be ignored, even if the first source fails.
2066  SINGLE_PIPELINE - You can connect only one source to this input. If the ChannelClass is also  SINGLE_PIPELINE, this value is valid. If the ChannelClass is STANDARD, this value is not valid because the channel requires two sources in the input.
2067  
2068       */
2069      InputClass?: InputClass;
2070      /**
2071       * Settings for the input devices.
2072       */
2073      InputDevices?: __listOfInputDeviceSettings;
2074      /**
2075       * A list of IDs for all Inputs which are partners of this one.
2076       */
2077      InputPartnerIds?: __listOf__string;
2078      /**
2079       * Certain pull input sources can be dynamic, meaning that they can have their URL's dynamically changes
2080  during input switch actions. Presently, this functionality only works with MP4_FILE inputs.
2081  
2082       */
2083      InputSourceType?: InputSourceType;
2084      /**
2085       * A list of MediaConnect Flows for this input.
2086       */
2087      MediaConnectFlows?: __listOfMediaConnectFlow;
2088      /**
2089       * The user-assigned name (This is a mutable value).
2090       */
2091      Name?: __string;
2092      /**
2093       * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role this input assumes during and after creation.
2094       */
2095      RoleArn?: __string;
2096      /**
2097       * A list of IDs for all the Input Security Groups attached to the input.
2098       */
2099      SecurityGroups?: __listOf__string;
2100      /**
2101       * A list of the sources of the input (PULL-type).
2102       */
2103      Sources?: __listOfInputSource;
2104      State?: InputState;
2105      /**
2106       * A collection of key-value pairs.
2107       */
2108      Tags?: Tags;
2109      Type?: InputType;
2110    }
2111    export interface DescribeInputSecurityGroupRequest {
2112      /**
2113       * The id of the Input Security Group to describe
2114       */
2115      InputSecurityGroupId: __string;
2116    }
2117    export interface DescribeInputSecurityGroupResponse {
2118      /**
2119       * Unique ARN of Input Security Group
2120       */
2121      Arn?: __string;
2122      /**
2123       * The Id of the Input Security Group
2124       */
2125      Id?: __string;
2126      /**
2127       * The list of inputs currently using this Input Security Group.
2128       */
2129      Inputs?: __listOf__string;
2130      /**
2131       * The current state of the Input Security Group.
2132       */
2133      State?: InputSecurityGroupState;
2134      /**
2135       * A collection of key-value pairs.
2136       */
2137      Tags?: Tags;
2138      /**
2139       * Whitelist rules and their sync status
2140       */
2141      WhitelistRules?: __listOfInputWhitelistRule;
2142    }
2143    export interface DescribeMultiplexProgramRequest {
2144      /**
2145       * The ID of the multiplex that the program belongs to.
2146       */
2147      MultiplexId: __string;
2148      /**
2149       * The name of the program.
2150       */
2151      ProgramName: __string;
2152    }
2153    export interface DescribeMultiplexProgramResponse {
2154      /**
2155       * The MediaLive channel associated with the program.
2156       */
2157      ChannelId?: __string;
2158      /**
2159       * The settings for this multiplex program.
2160       */
2161      MultiplexProgramSettings?: MultiplexProgramSettings;
2162      /**
2163       * The packet identifier map for this multiplex program.
2164       */
2165      PacketIdentifiersMap?: MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap;
2166      /**
2167       * Contains information about the current sources for the specified program in the specified multiplex. Keep in mind that each multiplex pipeline connects to both pipelines in a given source channel (the channel identified by the program). But only one of those channel pipelines is ever active at one time.
2168       */
2169      PipelineDetails?: __listOfMultiplexProgramPipelineDetail;
2170      /**
2171       * The name of the multiplex program.
2172       */
2173      ProgramName?: __string;
2174    }
2175    export interface DescribeMultiplexRequest {
2176      /**
2177       * The ID of the multiplex.
2178       */
2179      MultiplexId: __string;
2180    }
2181    export interface DescribeMultiplexResponse {
2182      /**
2183       * The unique arn of the multiplex.
2184       */
2185      Arn?: __string;
2186      /**
2187       * A list of availability zones for the multiplex.
2188       */
2189      AvailabilityZones?: __listOf__string;
2190      /**
2191       * A list of the multiplex output destinations.
2192       */
2193      Destinations?: __listOfMultiplexOutputDestination;
2194      /**
2195       * The unique id of the multiplex.
2196       */
2197      Id?: __string;
2198      /**
2199       * Configuration for a multiplex event.
2200       */
2201      MultiplexSettings?: MultiplexSettings;
2202      /**
2203       * The name of the multiplex.
2204       */
2205      Name?: __string;
2206      /**
2207       * The number of currently healthy pipelines.
2208       */
2209      PipelinesRunningCount?: __integer;
2210      /**
2211       * The number of programs in the multiplex.
2212       */
2213      ProgramCount?: __integer;
2214      /**
2215       * The current state of the multiplex.
2216       */
2217      State?: MultiplexState;
2218      /**
2219       * A collection of key-value pairs.
2220       */
2221      Tags?: Tags;
2222    }
2223    export interface DescribeOfferingRequest {
2224      /**
2225       * Unique offering ID, e.g. '87654321'
2226       */
2227      OfferingId: __string;
2228    }
2229    export interface DescribeOfferingResponse {
2230      /**
2231       * Unique offering ARN, e.g. 'arn:aws:medialive:us-west-2:123456789012:offering:87654321'
2232       */
2233      Arn?: __string;
2234      /**
2235       * Currency code for usagePrice and fixedPrice in ISO-4217 format, e.g. 'USD'
2236       */
2237      CurrencyCode?: __string;
2238      /**
2239       * Lease duration, e.g. '12'
2240       */
2241      Duration?: __integer;
2242      /**
2243       * Units for duration, e.g. 'MONTHS'
2244       */
2245      DurationUnits?: OfferingDurationUnits;
2246      /**
2247       * One-time charge for each reserved resource, e.g. '0.0' for a NO_UPFRONT offering
2248       */
2249      FixedPrice?: __double;
2250      /**
2251       * Offering description, e.g. 'HD AVC output at 10-20 Mbps, 30 fps, and standard VQ in US West (Oregon)'
2252       */
2253      OfferingDescription?: __string;
2254      /**
2255       * Unique offering ID, e.g. '87654321'
2256       */
2257      OfferingId?: __string;
2258      /**
2259       * Offering type, e.g. 'NO_UPFRONT'
2260       */
2261      OfferingType?: OfferingType;
2262      /**
2263       * AWS region, e.g. 'us-west-2'
2264       */
2265      Region?: __string;
2266      /**
2267       * Resource configuration details
2268       */
2269      ResourceSpecification?: ReservationResourceSpecification;
2270      /**
2271       * Recurring usage charge for each reserved resource, e.g. '157.0'
2272       */
2273      UsagePrice?: __double;
2274    }
2275    export interface DescribeReservationRequest {
2276      /**
2277       * Unique reservation ID, e.g. '1234567'
2278       */
2279      ReservationId: __string;
2280    }
2281    export interface DescribeReservationResponse {
2282      /**
2283       * Unique reservation ARN, e.g. 'arn:aws:medialive:us-west-2:123456789012:reservation:1234567'
2284       */
2285      Arn?: __string;
2286      /**
2287       * Number of reserved resources
2288       */
2289      Count?: __integer;
2290      /**
2291       * Currency code for usagePrice and fixedPrice in ISO-4217 format, e.g. 'USD'
2292       */
2293      CurrencyCode?: __string;
2294      /**
2295       * Lease duration, e.g. '12'
2296       */
2297      Duration?: __integer;
2298      /**
2299       * Units for duration, e.g. 'MONTHS'
2300       */
2301      DurationUnits?: OfferingDurationUnits;
2302      /**
2303       * Reservation UTC end date and time in ISO-8601 format, e.g. '2019-03-01T00:00:00'
2304       */
2305      End?: __string;
2306      /**
2307       * One-time charge for each reserved resource, e.g. '0.0' for a NO_UPFRONT offering
2308       */
2309      FixedPrice?: __double;
2310      /**
2311       * User specified reservation name
2312       */
2313      Name?: __string;
2314      /**
2315       * Offering description, e.g. 'HD AVC output at 10-20 Mbps, 30 fps, and standard VQ in US West (Oregon)'
2316       */
2317      OfferingDescription?: __string;
2318      /**
2319       * Unique offering ID, e.g. '87654321'
2320       */
2321      OfferingId?: __string;
2322      /**
2323       * Offering type, e.g. 'NO_UPFRONT'
2324       */
2325      OfferingType?: OfferingType;
2326      /**
2327       * AWS region, e.g. 'us-west-2'
2328       */
2329      Region?: __string;
2330      /**
2331       * Unique reservation ID, e.g. '1234567'
2332       */
2333      ReservationId?: __string;
2334      /**
2335       * Resource configuration details
2336       */
2337      ResourceSpecification?: ReservationResourceSpecification;
2338      /**
2339       * Reservation UTC start date and time in ISO-8601 format, e.g. '2018-03-01T00:00:00'
2340       */
2341      Start?: __string;
2342      /**
2343       * Current state of reservation, e.g. 'ACTIVE'
2344       */
2345      State?: ReservationState;
2346      /**
2347       * A collection of key-value pairs
2348       */
2349      Tags?: Tags;
2350      /**
2351       * Recurring usage charge for each reserved resource, e.g. '157.0'
2352       */
2353      UsagePrice?: __double;
2354    }
2355    export interface DescribeScheduleRequest {
2356      /**
2357       * Id of the channel whose schedule is being updated.
2358       */
2359      ChannelId: __string;
2360      MaxResults?: MaxResults;
2361      NextToken?: __string;
2362    }
2363    export interface DescribeScheduleResponse {
2364      /**
2365       * The next token; for use in pagination.
2366       */
2367      NextToken?: __string;
2368      /**
2369       * The list of actions in the schedule.
2370       */
2371      ScheduleActions?: __listOfScheduleAction;
2372    }
2373    export type DeviceSettingsSyncState = "SYNCED"|"SYNCING"|string;
2374    export type DeviceUpdateStatus = "UP_TO_DATE"|"NOT_UP_TO_DATE"|string;
2375    export interface DvbNitSettings {
2376      /**
2377       * The numeric value placed in the Network Information Table (NIT).
2378       */
2379      NetworkId: __integerMin0Max65536;
2380      /**
2381       * The network name text placed in the networkNameDescriptor inside the Network Information Table. Maximum length is 256 characters.
2382       */
2383      NetworkName: __stringMin1Max256;
2384      /**
2385       * The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output transport stream.
2386       */
2387      RepInterval?: __integerMin25Max10000;
2388    }
2389    export type DvbSdtOutputSdt = "SDT_FOLLOW"|"SDT_FOLLOW_IF_PRESENT"|"SDT_MANUAL"|"SDT_NONE"|string;
2390    export interface DvbSdtSettings {
2391      /**
2392       * Selects method of inserting SDT information into output stream. The sdtFollow setting copies SDT information from input stream to output stream. The sdtFollowIfPresent setting copies SDT information from input stream to output stream if SDT information is present in the input, otherwise it will fall back on the user-defined values. The sdtManual setting means user will enter the SDT information. The sdtNone setting means output stream will not contain SDT information.
2393       */
2394      OutputSdt?: DvbSdtOutputSdt;
2395      /**
2396       * The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output transport stream.
2397       */
2398      RepInterval?: __integerMin25Max2000;
2399      /**
2400       * The service name placed in the serviceDescriptor in the Service Description Table. Maximum length is 256 characters.
2401       */
2402      ServiceName?: __stringMin1Max256;
2403      /**
2404       * The service provider name placed in the serviceDescriptor in the Service Description Table. Maximum length is 256 characters.
2405       */
2406      ServiceProviderName?: __stringMin1Max256;
2407    }
2408    export type DvbSubDestinationAlignment = "CENTERED"|"LEFT"|"SMART"|string;
2409    export type DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColor = "BLACK"|"NONE"|"WHITE"|string;
2410    export type DvbSubDestinationFontColor = "BLACK"|"BLUE"|"GREEN"|"RED"|"WHITE"|"YELLOW"|string;
2411    export type DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor = "BLACK"|"BLUE"|"GREEN"|"RED"|"WHITE"|"YELLOW"|string;
2412    export interface DvbSubDestinationSettings {
2413      /**
2414       * If no explicit xPosition or yPosition is provided, setting alignment to centered will place the captions at the bottom center of the output. Similarly, setting a left alignment will align captions to the bottom left of the output. If x and y positions are given in conjunction with the alignment parameter, the font will be justified (either left or centered) relative to those coordinates. Selecting "smart" justification will left-justify live subtitles and center-justify pre-recorded subtitles.  This option is not valid for source captions that are STL or 608/embedded.  These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream.  All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
2415       */
2416      Alignment?: DvbSubDestinationAlignment;
2417      /**
2418       * Specifies the color of the rectangle behind the captions.  All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
2419       */
2420      BackgroundColor?: DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColor;
2421      /**
2422       * Specifies the opacity of the background rectangle. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent. Leaving this parameter blank is equivalent to setting it to 0 (transparent).  All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
2423       */
2424      BackgroundOpacity?: __integerMin0Max255;
2425      /**
2426       * External font file used for caption burn-in. File extension must be 'ttf' or 'tte'.  Although the user can select output fonts for many different types of input captions, embedded, STL and teletext sources use a strict grid system. Using external fonts with these caption sources could cause unexpected display of proportional fonts.  All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
2427       */
2428      Font?: InputLocation;
2429      /**
2430       * Specifies the color of the burned-in captions.  This option is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext.  These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream.  All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
2431       */
2432      FontColor?: DvbSubDestinationFontColor;
2433      /**
2434       * Specifies the opacity of the burned-in captions. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent.  All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
2435       */
2436      FontOpacity?: __integerMin0Max255;
2437      /**
2438       * Font resolution in DPI (dots per inch); default is 96 dpi.  All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
2439       */
2440      FontResolution?: __integerMin96Max600;
2441      /**
2442       * When set to auto fontSize will scale depending on the size of the output.  Giving a positive integer will specify the exact font size in points.  All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
2443       */
2444      FontSize?: __string;
2445      /**
2446       * Specifies font outline color. This option is not valid for source captions that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
2447       */
2448      OutlineColor?: DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor;
2449      /**
2450       * Specifies font outline size in pixels. This option is not valid for source captions that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
2451       */
2452      OutlineSize?: __integerMin0Max10;
2453      /**
2454       * Specifies the color of the shadow cast by the captions.  All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
2455       */
2456      ShadowColor?: DvbSubDestinationShadowColor;
2457      /**
2458       * Specifies the opacity of the shadow. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent. Leaving this parameter blank is equivalent to setting it to 0 (transparent).  All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
2459       */
2460      ShadowOpacity?: __integerMin0Max255;
2461      /**
2462       * Specifies the horizontal offset of the shadow relative to the captions in pixels. A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels to the left.  All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
2463       */
2464      ShadowXOffset?: __integer;
2465      /**
2466       * Specifies the vertical offset of the shadow relative to the captions in pixels. A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels above the text.  All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
2467       */
2468      ShadowYOffset?: __integer;
2469      /**
2470       * Controls whether a fixed grid size will be used to generate the output subtitles bitmap. Only applicable for Teletext inputs and DVB-Sub/Burn-in outputs.
2471       */
2472      TeletextGridControl?: DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControl;
2473      /**
2474       * Specifies the horizontal position of the caption relative to the left side of the output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 10 pixels from the left of the output. If no explicit xPosition is provided, the horizontal caption position will be determined by the alignment parameter.  This option is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream.  All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
2475       */
2476      XPosition?: __integerMin0;
2477      /**
2478       * Specifies the vertical position of the caption relative to the top of the output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 10 pixels from the top of the output. If no explicit yPosition is provided, the caption will be positioned towards the bottom of the output.  This option is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext.  These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream.  All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
2479       */
2480      YPosition?: __integerMin0;
2481    }
2482    export type DvbSubDestinationShadowColor = "BLACK"|"NONE"|"WHITE"|string;
2483    export type DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControl = "FIXED"|"SCALED"|string;
2484    export type DvbSubOcrLanguage = "DEU"|"ENG"|"FRA"|"NLD"|"POR"|"SPA"|string;
2485    export interface DvbSubSourceSettings {
2486      /**
2487       * If you will configure a WebVTT caption description that references this caption selector, use this field to
2488  provide the language to consider when translating the image-based source to text.
2489       */
2490      OcrLanguage?: DvbSubOcrLanguage;
2491      /**
2492       * When using DVB-Sub with Burn-In or SMPTE-TT, use this PID for the source content. Unused for DVB-Sub passthrough. All DVB-Sub content is passed through, regardless of selectors.
2493       */
2494      Pid?: __integerMin1;
2495    }
2496    export interface DvbTdtSettings {
2497      /**
2498       * The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output transport stream.
2499       */
2500      RepInterval?: __integerMin1000Max30000;
2501    }
2502    export type Eac3AttenuationControl = "ATTENUATE_3_DB"|"NONE"|string;
2503    export type Eac3BitstreamMode = "COMMENTARY"|"COMPLETE_MAIN"|"EMERGENCY"|"HEARING_IMPAIRED"|"VISUALLY_IMPAIRED"|string;
2504    export type Eac3CodingMode = "CODING_MODE_1_0"|"CODING_MODE_2_0"|"CODING_MODE_3_2"|string;
2505    export type Eac3DcFilter = "DISABLED"|"ENABLED"|string;
2506    export type Eac3DrcLine = "FILM_LIGHT"|"FILM_STANDARD"|"MUSIC_LIGHT"|"MUSIC_STANDARD"|"NONE"|"SPEECH"|string;
2507    export type Eac3DrcRf = "FILM_LIGHT"|"FILM_STANDARD"|"MUSIC_LIGHT"|"MUSIC_STANDARD"|"NONE"|"SPEECH"|string;
2508    export type Eac3LfeControl = "LFE"|"NO_LFE"|string;
2509    export type Eac3LfeFilter = "DISABLED"|"ENABLED"|string;
2510    export type Eac3MetadataControl = "FOLLOW_INPUT"|"USE_CONFIGURED"|string;
2511    export type Eac3PassthroughControl = "NO_PASSTHROUGH"|"WHEN_POSSIBLE"|string;
2512    export type Eac3PhaseControl = "NO_SHIFT"|"SHIFT_90_DEGREES"|string;
2513    export interface Eac3Settings {
2514      /**
2515       * When set to attenuate3Db, applies a 3 dB attenuation to the surround channels. Only used for 3/2 coding mode.
2516       */
2517      AttenuationControl?: Eac3AttenuationControl;
2518      /**
2519       * Average bitrate in bits/second. Valid bitrates depend on the coding mode.
2520       */
2521      Bitrate?: __double;
2522      /**
2523       * Specifies the bitstream mode (bsmod) for the emitted E-AC-3 stream. See ATSC A/52-2012 (Annex E) for background on these values.
2524       */
2525      BitstreamMode?: Eac3BitstreamMode;
2526      /**
2527       * Dolby Digital Plus coding mode. Determines number of channels.
2528       */
2529      CodingMode?: Eac3CodingMode;
2530      /**
2531       * When set to enabled, activates a DC highpass filter for all input channels.
2532       */
2533      DcFilter?: Eac3DcFilter;
2534      /**
2535       * Sets the dialnorm for the output. If blank and input audio is Dolby Digital Plus, dialnorm will be passed through.
2536       */
2537      Dialnorm?: __integerMin1Max31;
2538      /**
2539       * Sets the Dolby dynamic range compression profile.
2540       */
2541      DrcLine?: Eac3DrcLine;
2542      /**
2543       * Sets the profile for heavy Dolby dynamic range compression, ensures that the instantaneous signal peaks do not exceed specified levels.
2544       */
2545      DrcRf?: Eac3DrcRf;
2546      /**
2547       * When encoding 3/2 audio, setting to lfe enables the LFE channel
2548       */
2549      LfeControl?: Eac3LfeControl;
2550      /**
2551       * When set to enabled, applies a 120Hz lowpass filter to the LFE channel prior to encoding. Only valid with codingMode32 coding mode.
2552       */
2553      LfeFilter?: Eac3LfeFilter;
2554      /**
2555       * Left only/Right only center mix level. Only used for 3/2 coding mode.
2556       */
2557      LoRoCenterMixLevel?: __double;
2558      /**
2559       * Left only/Right only surround mix level. Only used for 3/2 coding mode.
2560       */
2561      LoRoSurroundMixLevel?: __double;
2562      /**
2563       * Left total/Right total center mix level. Only used for 3/2 coding mode.
2564       */
2565      LtRtCenterMixLevel?: __double;
2566      /**
2567       * Left total/Right total surround mix level. Only used for 3/2 coding mode.
2568       */
2569      LtRtSurroundMixLevel?: __double;
2570      /**
2571       * When set to followInput, encoder metadata will be sourced from the DD, DD+, or DolbyE decoder that supplied this audio data. If audio was not supplied from one of these streams, then the static metadata settings will be used.
2572       */
2573      MetadataControl?: Eac3MetadataControl;
2574      /**
2575       * When set to whenPossible, input DD+ audio will be passed through if it is present on the input. This detection is dynamic over the life of the transcode. Inputs that alternate between DD+ and non-DD+ content will have a consistent DD+ output as the system alternates between passthrough and encoding.
2576       */
2577      PassthroughControl?: Eac3PassthroughControl;
2578      /**
2579       * When set to shift90Degrees, applies a 90-degree phase shift to the surround channels. Only used for 3/2 coding mode.
2580       */
2581      PhaseControl?: Eac3PhaseControl;
2582      /**
2583       * Stereo downmix preference. Only used for 3/2 coding mode.
2584       */
2585      StereoDownmix?: Eac3StereoDownmix;
2586      /**
2587       * When encoding 3/2 audio, sets whether an extra center back surround channel is matrix encoded into the left and right surround channels.
2588       */
2589      SurroundExMode?: Eac3SurroundExMode;
2590      /**
2591       * When encoding 2/0 audio, sets whether Dolby Surround is matrix encoded into the two channels.
2592       */
2593      SurroundMode?: Eac3SurroundMode;
2594    }
2595    export type Eac3StereoDownmix = "DPL2"|"LO_RO"|"LT_RT"|"NOT_INDICATED"|string;
2596    export type Eac3SurroundExMode = "DISABLED"|"ENABLED"|"NOT_INDICATED"|string;
2597    export type Eac3SurroundMode = "DISABLED"|"ENABLED"|"NOT_INDICATED"|string;
2598    export interface EbuTtDDestinationSettings {
2599      /**
2600       * Applies only if you plan to convert these source captions to EBU-TT-D or TTML in an output. Complete this field if you want to include the name of the copyright holder in the copyright metadata tag in the TTML
2601       */
2602      CopyrightHolder?: __stringMax1000;
2603      /**
2604       * Specifies how to handle the gap between the lines (in multi-line captions).
2605  
2606  - enabled: Fill with the captions background color (as specified in the input captions).
2607  - disabled: Leave the gap unfilled.
2608       */
2609      FillLineGap?: EbuTtDFillLineGapControl;
2610      /**
2611       * Specifies the font family to include in the font data attached to the EBU-TT captions. Valid only if styleControl is set to include. If you leave this field empty, the font family is set to "monospaced". (If styleControl is set to exclude, the font family is always set to "monospaced".)
2612  
2613  You specify only the font family. All other style information (color, bold, position and so on) is copied from the input captions. The size is always set to 100% to allow the downstream player to choose the size.
2614  
2615  - Enter a list of font families, as a comma-separated list of font names, in order of preference. The name can be a font family (such as “Arial”), or a generic font family (such as “serif”), or “default” (to let the downstream player choose the font).
2616  - Leave blank to set the family to “monospace”.
2617       */
2618      FontFamily?: __string;
2619      /**
2620       * Specifies the style information (font color, font position, and so on) to include in the font data that is attached to the EBU-TT captions.
2621  
2622  - include: Take the style information (font color, font position, and so on) from the source captions and include that information in the font data attached to the EBU-TT captions. This option is valid only if the source captions are Embedded or Teletext.
2623  - exclude: In the font data attached to the EBU-TT captions, set the font family to "monospaced". Do not include any other style information.
2624       */
2625      StyleControl?: EbuTtDDestinationStyleControl;
2626    }
2627    export type EbuTtDDestinationStyleControl = "EXCLUDE"|"INCLUDE"|string;
2628    export type EbuTtDFillLineGapControl = "DISABLED"|"ENABLED"|string;
2629    export type EmbeddedConvert608To708 = "DISABLED"|"UPCONVERT"|string;
2630    export interface EmbeddedDestinationSettings {
2631    }
2632    export interface EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings {
2633    }
2634    export type EmbeddedScte20Detection = "AUTO"|"OFF"|string;
2635    export interface EmbeddedSourceSettings {
2636      /**
2637       * If upconvert, 608 data is both passed through via the "608 compatibility bytes" fields of the 708 wrapper as well as translated into 708. 708 data present in the source content will be discarded.
2638       */
2639      Convert608To708?: EmbeddedConvert608To708;
2640      /**
2641       * Set to "auto" to handle streams with intermittent and/or non-aligned SCTE-20 and Embedded captions.
2642       */
2643      Scte20Detection?: EmbeddedScte20Detection;
2644      /**
2645       * Specifies the 608/708 channel number within the video track from which to extract captions. Unused for passthrough.
2646       */
2647      Source608ChannelNumber?: __integerMin1Max4;
2648      /**
2649       * This field is unused and deprecated.
2650       */
2651      Source608TrackNumber?: __integerMin1Max5;
2652    }
2653    export interface EncoderSettings {
2654      AudioDescriptions: __listOfAudioDescription;
2655      /**
2656       * Settings for ad avail blanking.
2657       */
2658      AvailBlanking?: AvailBlanking;
2659      /**
2660       * Event-wide configuration settings for ad avail insertion.
2661       */
2662      AvailConfiguration?: AvailConfiguration;
2663      /**
2664       * Settings for blackout slate.
2665       */
2666      BlackoutSlate?: BlackoutSlate;
2667      /**
2668       * Settings for caption decriptions
2669       */
2670      CaptionDescriptions?: __listOfCaptionDescription;
2671      /**
2672       * Feature Activations
2673       */
2674      FeatureActivations?: FeatureActivations;
2675      /**
2676       * Configuration settings that apply to the event as a whole.
2677       */
2678      GlobalConfiguration?: GlobalConfiguration;
2679      /**
2680       * Settings for motion graphics.
2681       */
2682      MotionGraphicsConfiguration?: MotionGraphicsConfiguration;
2683      /**
2684       * Nielsen configuration settings.
2685       */
2686      NielsenConfiguration?: NielsenConfiguration;
2687      OutputGroups: __listOfOutputGroup;
2688      /**
2689       * Contains settings used to acquire and adjust timecode information from inputs.
2690       */
2691      TimecodeConfig: TimecodeConfig;
2692      VideoDescriptions: __listOfVideoDescription;
2693    }
2694    export interface FailoverCondition {
2695      /**
2696       * Failover condition type-specific settings.
2697       */
2698      FailoverConditionSettings?: FailoverConditionSettings;
2699    }
2700    export interface FailoverConditionSettings {
2701      /**
2702       * MediaLive will perform a failover if the specified audio selector is silent for the specified period.
2703       */
2704      AudioSilenceSettings?: AudioSilenceFailoverSettings;
2705      /**
2706       * MediaLive will perform a failover if content is not detected in this input for the specified period.
2707       */
2708      InputLossSettings?: InputLossFailoverSettings;
2709      /**
2710       * MediaLive will perform a failover if content is considered black for the specified period.
2711       */
2712      VideoBlackSettings?: VideoBlackFailoverSettings;
2713    }
2714    export interface FeatureActivations {
2715      /**
2716       * Enables the Input Prepare feature. You can create Input Prepare actions in the schedule only if this feature is enabled.
2717  If you disable the feature on an existing schedule, make sure that you first delete all input prepare actions from the schedule.
2718       */
2719      InputPrepareScheduleActions?: FeatureActivationsInputPrepareScheduleActions;
2720    }
2721    export type FeatureActivationsInputPrepareScheduleActions = "DISABLED"|"ENABLED"|string;
2722    export type FecOutputIncludeFec = "COLUMN"|"COLUMN_AND_ROW"|string;
2723    export interface FecOutputSettings {
2724      /**
2725       * Parameter D from SMPTE 2022-1. The height of the FEC protection matrix.  The number of transport stream packets per column error correction packet. Must be between 4 and 20, inclusive.
2726       */
2727      ColumnDepth?: __integerMin4Max20;
2728      /**
2729       * Enables column only or column and row based FEC
2730       */
2731      IncludeFec?: FecOutputIncludeFec;
2732      /**
2733       * Parameter L from SMPTE 2022-1. The width of the FEC protection matrix.  Must be between 1 and 20, inclusive. If only Column FEC is used, then larger values increase robustness.  If Row FEC is used, then this is the number of transport stream packets per row error correction packet, and the value must be between 4 and 20, inclusive, if includeFec is columnAndRow. If includeFec is column, this value must be 1 to 20, inclusive.
2734       */
2735      RowLength?: __integerMin1Max20;
2736    }
2737    export type FixedAfd = "AFD_0000"|"AFD_0010"|"AFD_0011"|"AFD_0100"|"AFD_1000"|"AFD_1001"|"AFD_1010"|"AFD_1011"|"AFD_1101"|"AFD_1110"|"AFD_1111"|string;
2738    export interface FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings {
2739      /**
2740       * Start time for the action to start in the channel. (Not the time for the action to be added to the schedule: actions are always added to the schedule immediately.) UTC format: yyyy-mm-ddThh:mm:ss.nnnZ. All the letters are digits (for example, mm might be 01) except for the two constants "T" for time and "Z" for "UTC format".
2741       */
2742      Time: __string;
2743    }
2744    export interface Fmp4HlsSettings {
2745      /**
2746       * List all the audio groups that are used with the video output stream. Input all the audio GROUP-IDs that are associated to the video, separate by ','.
2747       */
2748      AudioRenditionSets?: __string;
2749      /**
2750       * If set to passthrough, Nielsen inaudible tones for media tracking will be detected in the input audio and an equivalent ID3 tag will be inserted in the output.
2751       */
2752      NielsenId3Behavior?: Fmp4NielsenId3Behavior;
2753      /**
2754       * When set to passthrough, timed metadata is passed through from input to output.
2755       */
2756      TimedMetadataBehavior?: Fmp4TimedMetadataBehavior;
2757    }
2758    export type Fmp4NielsenId3Behavior = "NO_PASSTHROUGH"|"PASSTHROUGH"|string;
2759    export type Fmp4TimedMetadataBehavior = "NO_PASSTHROUGH"|"PASSTHROUGH"|string;
2760    export interface FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings {
2761      /**
2762       * Identifies whether this action starts relative to the start or relative to the end of the reference action.
2763       */
2764      FollowPoint: FollowPoint;
2765      /**
2766       * The action name of another action that this one refers to.
2767       */
2768      ReferenceActionName: __string;
2769    }
2770    export type FollowPoint = "END"|"START"|string;
2771    export interface FrameCaptureCdnSettings {
2772      FrameCaptureS3Settings?: FrameCaptureS3Settings;
2773    }
2774    export interface FrameCaptureGroupSettings {
2775      /**
2776       * The destination for the frame capture files. Either the URI for an Amazon S3 bucket and object, plus a file name prefix (for example, s3ssl://sportsDelivery/highlights/20180820/curling-) or the URI for a MediaStore container, plus a file name prefix (for example, mediastoressl://sportsDelivery/20180820/curling-). The final file names consist of the prefix from the destination field (for example, "curling-") + name modifier + the counter (5 digits, starting from 00001) + extension (which is always .jpg).  For example, curling-low.00001.jpg
2777       */
2778      Destination: OutputLocationRef;
2779      /**
2780       * Parameters that control interactions with the CDN.
2781       */
2782      FrameCaptureCdnSettings?: FrameCaptureCdnSettings;
2783    }
2784    export interface FrameCaptureHlsSettings {
2785    }
2786    export type FrameCaptureIntervalUnit = "MILLISECONDS"|"SECONDS"|string;
2787    export interface FrameCaptureOutputSettings {
2788      /**
2789       * Required if the output group contains more than one output. This modifier forms part of the output file name.
2790       */
2791      NameModifier?: __string;
2792    }
2793    export interface FrameCaptureS3Settings {
2794      /**
2795       * Specify the canned ACL to apply to each S3 request. Defaults to none.
2796       */
2797      CannedAcl?: S3CannedAcl;
2798    }
2799    export interface FrameCaptureSettings {
2800      /**
2801       * The frequency at which to capture frames for inclusion in the output. May be specified in either seconds or milliseconds, as specified by captureIntervalUnits.
2802       */
2803      CaptureInterval?: __integerMin1Max3600000;
2804      /**
2805       * Unit for the frame capture interval.
2806       */
2807      CaptureIntervalUnits?: FrameCaptureIntervalUnit;
2808    }
2809    export interface GlobalConfiguration {
2810      /**
2811       * Value to set the initial audio gain for the Live Event.
2812       */
2813      InitialAudioGain?: __integerMinNegative60Max60;
2814      /**
2815       * Indicates the action to take when the current input completes (e.g. end-of-file). When switchAndLoopInputs is configured the encoder will restart at the beginning of the first input.  When "none" is configured the encoder will transcode either black, a solid color, or a user specified slate images per the "Input Loss Behavior" configuration until the next input switch occurs (which is controlled through the Channel Schedule API).
2816       */
2817      InputEndAction?: GlobalConfigurationInputEndAction;
2818      /**
2819       * Settings for system actions when input is lost.
2820       */
2821      InputLossBehavior?: InputLossBehavior;
2822      /**
2823       * Indicates how MediaLive pipelines are synchronized.
2824  
2825  PIPELINE_LOCKING - MediaLive will attempt to synchronize the output of each pipeline to the other.
2826  EPOCH_LOCKING - MediaLive will attempt to synchronize the output of each pipeline to the Unix epoch.
2827       */
2828      OutputLockingMode?: GlobalConfigurationOutputLockingMode;
2829      /**
2830       * Indicates whether the rate of frames emitted by the Live encoder should be paced by its system clock (which optionally may be locked to another source via NTP) or should be locked to the clock of the source that is providing the input stream.
2831       */
2832      OutputTimingSource?: GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSource;
2833      /**
2834       * Adjusts video input buffer for streams with very low video framerates. This is commonly set to enabled for music channels with less than one video frame per second.
2835       */
2836      SupportLowFramerateInputs?: GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputs;
2837    }
2838    export type GlobalConfigurationInputEndAction = "NONE"|"SWITCH_AND_LOOP_INPUTS"|string;
2839    export type GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputs = "DISABLED"|"ENABLED"|string;
2840    export type GlobalConfigurationOutputLockingMode = "EPOCH_LOCKING"|"PIPELINE_LOCKING"|string;
2841    export type GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSource = "INPUT_CLOCK"|"SYSTEM_CLOCK"|string;
2842    export type H264AdaptiveQuantization = "AUTO"|"HIGH"|"HIGHER"|"LOW"|"MAX"|"MEDIUM"|"OFF"|string;
2843    export type H264ColorMetadata = "IGNORE"|"INSERT"|string;
2844    export interface H264ColorSpaceSettings {
2845      ColorSpacePassthroughSettings?: ColorSpacePassthroughSettings;
2846      Rec601Settings?: Rec601Settings;
2847      Rec709Settings?: Rec709Settings;
2848    }
2849    export type H264EntropyEncoding = "CABAC"|"CAVLC"|string;
2850    export interface H264FilterSettings {
2851      TemporalFilterSettings?: TemporalFilterSettings;
2852    }
2853    export type H264FlickerAq = "DISABLED"|"ENABLED"|string;
2854    export type H264ForceFieldPictures = "DISABLED"|"ENABLED"|string;
2855    export type H264FramerateControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"|"SPECIFIED"|string;
2856    export type H264GopBReference = "DISABLED"|"ENABLED"|string;
2857    export type H264GopSizeUnits = "FRAMES"|"SECONDS"|string;
2858    export type H264Level = "H264_LEVEL_1"|"H264_LEVEL_1_1"|"H264_LEVEL_1_2"|"H264_LEVEL_1_3"|"H264_LEVEL_2"|"H264_LEVEL_2_1"|"H264_LEVEL_2_2"|"H264_LEVEL_3"|"H264_LEVEL_3_1"|"H264_LEVEL_3_2"|"H264_LEVEL_4"|"H264_LEVEL_4_1"|"H264_LEVEL_4_2"|"H264_LEVEL_5"|"H264_LEVEL_5_1"|"H264_LEVEL_5_2"|"H264_LEVEL_AUTO"|string;
2859    export type H264LookAheadRateControl = "HIGH"|"LOW"|"MEDIUM"|string;
2860    export type H264ParControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"|"SPECIFIED"|string;
2861    export type H264Profile = "BASELINE"|"HIGH"|"HIGH_10BIT"|"HIGH_422"|"HIGH_422_10BIT"|"MAIN"|string;
2862    export type H264QualityLevel = "ENHANCED_QUALITY"|"STANDARD_QUALITY"|string;
2863    export type H264RateControlMode = "CBR"|"MULTIPLEX"|"QVBR"|"VBR"|string;
2864    export type H264ScanType = "INTERLACED"|"PROGRESSIVE"|string;
2865    export type H264SceneChangeDetect = "DISABLED"|"ENABLED"|string;
2866    export interface H264Settings {
2867      /**
2868       * Enables or disables adaptive quantization, which is a technique MediaLive can apply to video on a frame-by-frame basis to produce more compression without losing quality. There are three types of adaptive quantization: flicker, spatial, and temporal. Set the field in one of these ways: Set to Auto. Recommended. For each type of AQ, MediaLive will determine if AQ is needed, and if so, the appropriate strength. Set a strength (a value other than Auto or Disable). This strength will apply to any of the AQ fields that you choose to enable. Set to Disabled to disable all types of adaptive quantization.
2869       */
2870      AdaptiveQuantization?: H264AdaptiveQuantization;
2871      /**
2872       * Indicates that AFD values will be written into the output stream.  If afdSignaling is "auto", the system will try to preserve the input AFD value (in cases where multiple AFD values are valid). If set to "fixed", the AFD value will be the value configured in the fixedAfd parameter.
2873       */
2874      AfdSignaling?: AfdSignaling;
2875      /**
2876       * Average bitrate in bits/second. Required when the rate control mode is VBR or CBR. Not used for QVBR. In an MS Smooth output group, each output must have a unique value when its bitrate is rounded down to the nearest multiple of 1000.
2877       */
2878      Bitrate?: __integerMin1000;
2879      /**
2880       * Percentage of the buffer that should initially be filled (HRD buffer model).
2881       */
2882      BufFillPct?: __integerMin0Max100;
2883      /**
2884       * Size of buffer (HRD buffer model) in bits.
2885       */
2886      BufSize?: __integerMin0;
2887      /**
2888       * Includes colorspace metadata in the output.
2889       */
2890      ColorMetadata?: H264ColorMetadata;
2891      /**
2892       * Color Space settings
2893       */
2894      ColorSpaceSettings?: H264ColorSpaceSettings;
2895      /**
2896       * Entropy encoding mode.  Use cabac (must be in Main or High profile) or cavlc.
2897       */
2898      EntropyEncoding?: H264EntropyEncoding;
2899      /**
2900       * Optional filters that you can apply to an encode.
2901       */
2902      FilterSettings?: H264FilterSettings;
2903      /**
2904       * Four bit AFD value to write on all frames of video in the output stream. Only valid when afdSignaling is set to 'Fixed'.
2905       */
2906      FixedAfd?: FixedAfd;
2907      /**
2908       * Flicker AQ makes adjustments within each frame to reduce flicker or 'pop' on I-frames. The value to enter in this field depends on the value in the Adaptive quantization field: If you have set the Adaptive quantization field to Auto, MediaLive ignores any value in this field. MediaLive will determine if flicker AQ is appropriate and will apply the appropriate strength. If you have set the Adaptive quantization field to a strength, you can set this field to Enabled or Disabled. Enabled: MediaLive will apply flicker AQ using the specified strength. Disabled: MediaLive won't apply flicker AQ. If you have set the Adaptive quantization to Disabled, MediaLive ignores any value in this field and doesn't apply flicker AQ.
2909       */
2910      FlickerAq?: H264FlickerAq;
2911      /**
2912       * This setting applies only when scan type is "interlaced." It controls whether coding is performed on a field basis or on a frame basis. (When the video is progressive, the coding is always performed on a frame basis.)
2913  enabled: Force MediaLive to code on a field basis, so that odd and even sets of fields are coded separately.
2914  disabled: Code the two sets of fields separately (on a field basis) or together (on a frame basis using PAFF), depending on what is most appropriate for the content.
2915       */
2916      ForceFieldPictures?: H264ForceFieldPictures;
2917      /**
2918       * This field indicates how the output video frame rate is specified.  If "specified" is selected then the output video frame rate is determined by framerateNumerator and framerateDenominator, else if "initializeFromSource" is selected then the output video frame rate will be set equal to the input video frame rate of the first input.
2919       */
2920      FramerateControl?: H264FramerateControl;
2921      /**
2922       * Framerate denominator.
2923       */
2924      FramerateDenominator?: __integerMin1;
2925      /**
2926       * Framerate numerator - framerate is a fraction, e.g. 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps.
2927       */
2928      FramerateNumerator?: __integerMin1;
2929      /**
2930       * Documentation update needed
2931       */
2932      GopBReference?: H264GopBReference;
2933      /**
2934       * Frequency of closed GOPs. In streaming applications, it is recommended that this be set to 1 so a decoder joining mid-stream will receive an IDR frame as quickly as possible. Setting this value to 0 will break output segmenting.
2935       */
2936      GopClosedCadence?: __integerMin0;
2937      /**
2938       * Number of B-frames between reference frames.
2939       */
2940      GopNumBFrames?: __integerMin0Max7;
2941      /**
2942       * GOP size (keyframe interval) in units of either frames or seconds per gopSizeUnits.
2943  If gopSizeUnits is frames, gopSize must be an integer and must be greater than or equal to 1.
2944  If gopSizeUnits is seconds, gopSize must be greater than 0, but need not be an integer.
2945       */
2946      GopSize?: __double;
2947      /**
2948       * Indicates if the gopSize is specified in frames or seconds. If seconds the system will convert the gopSize into a frame count at run time.
2949       */
2950      GopSizeUnits?: H264GopSizeUnits;
2951      /**
2952       * H.264 Level.
2953       */
2954      Level?: H264Level;
2955      /**
2956       * Amount of lookahead. A value of low can decrease latency and memory usage, while high can produce better quality for certain content.
2957       */
2958      LookAheadRateControl?: H264LookAheadRateControl;
2959      /**
2960       * For QVBR: See the tooltip for Quality level
2961  
2962  For VBR: Set the maximum bitrate in order to accommodate expected spikes in the complexity of the video.
2963       */
2964      MaxBitrate?: __integerMin1000;
2965      /**
2966       * Only meaningful if sceneChangeDetect is set to enabled.  Defaults to 5 if multiplex rate control is used.  Enforces separation between repeated (cadence) I-frames and I-frames inserted by Scene Change Detection. If a scene change I-frame is within I-interval frames of a cadence I-frame, the GOP is shrunk and/or stretched to the scene change I-frame. GOP stretch requires enabling lookahead as well as setting I-interval. The normal cadence resumes for the next GOP. Note: Maximum GOP stretch = GOP size + Min-I-interval - 1
2967       */
2968      MinIInterval?: __integerMin0Max30;
2969      /**
2970       * Number of reference frames to use. The encoder may use more than requested if using B-frames and/or interlaced encoding.
2971       */
2972      NumRefFrames?: __integerMin1Max6;
2973      /**
2974       * This field indicates how the output pixel aspect ratio is specified.  If "specified" is selected then the output video pixel aspect ratio is determined by parNumerator and parDenominator, else if "initializeFromSource" is selected then the output pixsel aspect ratio will be set equal to the input video pixel aspect ratio of the first input.
2975       */
2976      ParControl?: H264ParControl;
2977      /**
2978       * Pixel Aspect Ratio denominator.
2979       */
2980      ParDenominator?: __integerMin1;
2981      /**
2982       * Pixel Aspect Ratio numerator.
2983       */
2984      ParNumerator?: __integerMin1;
2985      /**
2986       * H.264 Profile.
2987       */
2988      Profile?: H264Profile;
2989      /**
2990       * Leave as STANDARD_QUALITY or choose a different value (which might result in additional costs to run the channel).
2991  - ENHANCED_QUALITY: Produces a slightly better video quality without an increase in the bitrate. Has an effect only when the Rate control mode is QVBR or CBR. If this channel is in a MediaLive multiplex, the value must be ENHANCED_QUALITY.
2992  - STANDARD_QUALITY: Valid for any Rate control mode.
2993       */
2994      QualityLevel?: H264QualityLevel;
2995      /**
2996       * Controls the target quality for the video encode. Applies only when the rate control mode is QVBR. You can set a target quality or you can let MediaLive determine the best quality. To set a target quality, enter values in the QVBR quality level field and the Max bitrate field. Enter values that suit your most important viewing devices. Recommended values are:
2997  - Primary screen: Quality level: 8 to 10. Max bitrate: 4M
2998  - PC or tablet: Quality level: 7. Max bitrate: 1.5M to 3M
2999  - Smartphone: Quality level: 6. Max bitrate: 1M to 1.5M
3000  To let MediaLive decide, leave the QVBR quality level field empty, and in Max bitrate enter the maximum rate you want in the video. For more information, see the section called "Video - rate control mode" in the MediaLive user guide
3001       */
3002      QvbrQualityLevel?: __integerMin1Max10;
3003      /**
3004       * Rate control mode.
3005  
3006  QVBR: Quality will match the specified quality level except when it is constrained by the
3007  maximum bitrate.  Recommended if you or your viewers pay for bandwidth.
3008  
3009  VBR: Quality and bitrate vary, depending on the video complexity. Recommended instead of QVBR
3010  if you want to maintain a specific average bitrate over the duration of the channel.
3011  
3012  CBR: Quality varies, depending on the video complexity. Recommended only if you distribute
3013  your assets to devices that cannot handle variable bitrates.
3014  
3015  Multiplex: This rate control mode is only supported (and is required) when the video is being
3016  delivered to a MediaLive Multiplex in which case the rate control configuration is controlled
3017  by the properties within the Multiplex Program.
3018       */
3019      RateControlMode?: H264RateControlMode;
3020      /**
3021       * Sets the scan type of the output to progressive or top-field-first interlaced.
3022       */
3023      ScanType?: H264ScanType;
3024      /**
3025       * Scene change detection.
3026  
3027  - On: inserts I-frames when scene change is detected.
3028  - Off: does not force an I-frame when scene change is detected.
3029       */
3030      SceneChangeDetect?: H264SceneChangeDetect;
3031      /**
3032       * Number of slices per picture. Must be less than or equal to the number of macroblock rows for progressive pictures, and less than or equal to half the number of macroblock rows for interlaced pictures.
3033  This field is optional; when no value is specified the encoder will choose the number of slices based on encode resolution.
3034       */
3035      Slices?: __integerMin1Max32;
3036      /**
3037       * Softness. Selects quantizer matrix, larger values reduce high-frequency content in the encoded image.  If not set to zero, must be greater than 15.
3038       */
3039      Softness?: __integerMin0Max128;
3040      /**
3041       * Spatial AQ makes adjustments within each frame based on spatial variation of content complexity. The value to enter in this field depends on the value in the Adaptive quantization field: If you have set the Adaptive quantization field to Auto, MediaLive ignores any value in this field. MediaLive will determine if spatial AQ is appropriate and will apply the appropriate strength. If you have set the Adaptive quantization field to a strength, you can set this field to Enabled or Disabled. Enabled: MediaLive will apply spatial AQ using the specified strength. Disabled: MediaLive won't apply spatial AQ. If you have set the Adaptive quantization to Disabled, MediaLive ignores any value in this field and doesn't apply spatial AQ.
3042       */
3043      SpatialAq?: H264SpatialAq;
3044      /**
3045       * If set to fixed, use gopNumBFrames B-frames per sub-GOP. If set to dynamic, optimize the number of B-frames used for each sub-GOP to improve visual quality.
3046       */
3047      SubgopLength?: H264SubGopLength;
3048      /**
3049       * Produces a bitstream compliant with SMPTE RP-2027.
3050       */
3051      Syntax?: H264Syntax;
3052      /**
3053       * Temporal makes adjustments within each frame based on temporal variation of content complexity. The value to enter in this field depends on the value in the Adaptive quantization field: If you have set the Adaptive quantization field to Auto, MediaLive ignores any value in this field. MediaLive will determine if temporal AQ is appropriate and will apply the appropriate strength. If you have set the Adaptive quantization field to a strength, you can set this field to Enabled or Disabled. Enabled: MediaLive will apply temporal AQ using the specified strength. Disabled: MediaLive won't apply temporal AQ. If you have set the Adaptive quantization to Disabled, MediaLive ignores any value in this field and doesn't apply temporal AQ.
3054       */
3055      TemporalAq?: H264TemporalAq;
3056      /**
3057       * Determines how timecodes should be inserted into the video elementary stream.
3058  - 'disabled': Do not include timecodes
3059  - 'picTimingSei': Pass through picture timing SEI messages from the source specified in Timecode Config
3060       */
3061      TimecodeInsertion?: H264TimecodeInsertionBehavior;
3062    }
3063    export type H264SpatialAq = "DISABLED"|"ENABLED"|string;
3064    export type H264SubGopLength = "DYNAMIC"|"FIXED"|string;
3065    export type H264Syntax = "DEFAULT"|"RP2027"|string;
3066    export type H264TemporalAq = "DISABLED"|"ENABLED"|string;
3067    export type H264TimecodeInsertionBehavior = "DISABLED"|"PIC_TIMING_SEI"|string;
3068    export type H265AdaptiveQuantization = "AUTO"|"HIGH"|"HIGHER"|"LOW"|"MAX"|"MEDIUM"|"OFF"|string;
3069    export type H265AlternativeTransferFunction = "INSERT"|"OMIT"|string;
3070    export type H265ColorMetadata = "IGNORE"|"INSERT"|string;
3071    export interface H265ColorSpaceSettings {
3072      ColorSpacePassthroughSettings?: ColorSpacePassthroughSettings;
3073      Hdr10Settings?: Hdr10Settings;
3074      Rec601Settings?: Rec601Settings;
3075      Rec709Settings?: Rec709Settings;
3076    }
3077    export interface H265FilterSettings {
3078      TemporalFilterSettings?: TemporalFilterSettings;
3079    }
3080    export type H265FlickerAq = "DISABLED"|"ENABLED"|string;
3081    export type H265GopSizeUnits = "FRAMES"|"SECONDS"|string;
3082    export type H265Level = "H265_LEVEL_1"|"H265_LEVEL_2"|"H265_LEVEL_2_1"|"H265_LEVEL_3"|"H265_LEVEL_3_1"|"H265_LEVEL_4"|"H265_LEVEL_4_1"|"H265_LEVEL_5"|"H265_LEVEL_5_1"|"H265_LEVEL_5_2"|"H265_LEVEL_6"|"H265_LEVEL_6_1"|"H265_LEVEL_6_2"|"H265_LEVEL_AUTO"|string;
3083    export type H265LookAheadRateControl = "HIGH"|"LOW"|"MEDIUM"|string;
3084    export type H265Profile = "MAIN"|"MAIN_10BIT"|string;
3085    export type H265RateControlMode = "CBR"|"MULTIPLEX"|"QVBR"|string;
3086    export type H265ScanType = "INTERLACED"|"PROGRESSIVE"|string;
3087    export type H265SceneChangeDetect = "DISABLED"|"ENABLED"|string;
3088    export interface H265Settings {
3089      /**
3090       * Adaptive quantization. Allows intra-frame quantizers to vary to improve visual quality.
3091       */
3092      AdaptiveQuantization?: H265AdaptiveQuantization;
3093      /**
3094       * Indicates that AFD values will be written into the output stream.  If afdSignaling is "auto", the system will try to preserve the input AFD value (in cases where multiple AFD values are valid). If set to "fixed", the AFD value will be the value configured in the fixedAfd parameter.
3095       */
3096      AfdSignaling?: AfdSignaling;
3097      /**
3098       * Whether or not EML should insert an Alternative Transfer Function SEI message to support backwards compatibility with non-HDR decoders and displays.
3099       */
3100      AlternativeTransferFunction?: H265AlternativeTransferFunction;
3101      /**
3102       * Average bitrate in bits/second. Required when the rate control mode is VBR or CBR. Not used for QVBR. In an MS Smooth output group, each output must have a unique value when its bitrate is rounded down to the nearest multiple of 1000.
3103       */
3104      Bitrate?: __integerMin100000Max40000000;
3105      /**
3106       * Size of buffer (HRD buffer model) in bits.
3107       */
3108      BufSize?: __integerMin100000Max80000000;
3109      /**
3110       * Includes colorspace metadata in the output.
3111       */
3112      ColorMetadata?: H265ColorMetadata;
3113      /**
3114       * Color Space settings
3115       */
3116      ColorSpaceSettings?: H265ColorSpaceSettings;
3117      /**
3118       * Optional filters that you can apply to an encode.
3119       */
3120      FilterSettings?: H265FilterSettings;
3121      /**
3122       * Four bit AFD value to write on all frames of video in the output stream. Only valid when afdSignaling is set to 'Fixed'.
3123       */
3124      FixedAfd?: FixedAfd;
3125      /**
3126       * If set to enabled, adjust quantization within each frame to reduce flicker or 'pop' on I-frames.
3127       */
3128      FlickerAq?: H265FlickerAq;
3129      /**
3130       * Framerate denominator.
3131       */
3132      FramerateDenominator: __integerMin1Max3003;
3133      /**
3134       * Framerate numerator - framerate is a fraction, e.g. 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps.
3135       */
3136      FramerateNumerator: __integerMin1;
3137      /**
3138       * Frequency of closed GOPs. In streaming applications, it is recommended that this be set to 1 so a decoder joining mid-stream will receive an IDR frame as quickly as possible. Setting this value to 0 will break output segmenting.
3139       */
3140      GopClosedCadence?: __integerMin0;
3141      /**
3142       * GOP size (keyframe interval) in units of either frames or seconds per gopSizeUnits.
3143  If gopSizeUnits is frames, gopSize must be an integer and must be greater than or equal to 1.
3144  If gopSizeUnits is seconds, gopSize must be greater than 0, but need not be an integer.
3145       */
3146      GopSize?: __double;
3147      /**
3148       * Indicates if the gopSize is specified in frames or seconds. If seconds the system will convert the gopSize into a frame count at run time.
3149       */
3150      GopSizeUnits?: H265GopSizeUnits;
3151      /**
3152       * H.265 Level.
3153       */
3154      Level?: H265Level;
3155      /**
3156       * Amount of lookahead. A value of low can decrease latency and memory usage, while high can produce better quality for certain content.
3157       */
3158      LookAheadRateControl?: H265LookAheadRateControl;
3159      /**
3160       * For QVBR: See the tooltip for Quality level
3161       */
3162      MaxBitrate?: __integerMin100000Max40000000;
3163      /**
3164       * Only meaningful if sceneChangeDetect is set to enabled.  Defaults to 5 if multiplex rate control is used.  Enforces separation between repeated (cadence) I-frames and I-frames inserted by Scene Change Detection. If a scene change I-frame is within I-interval frames of a cadence I-frame, the GOP is shrunk and/or stretched to the scene change I-frame. GOP stretch requires enabling lookahead as well as setting I-interval. The normal cadence resumes for the next GOP. Note: Maximum GOP stretch = GOP size + Min-I-interval - 1
3165       */
3166      MinIInterval?: __integerMin0Max30;
3167      /**
3168       * Pixel Aspect Ratio denominator.
3169       */
3170      ParDenominator?: __integerMin1;
3171      /**
3172       * Pixel Aspect Ratio numerator.
3173       */
3174      ParNumerator?: __integerMin1;
3175      /**
3176       * H.265 Profile.
3177       */
3178      Profile?: H265Profile;
3179      /**
3180       * Controls the target quality for the video encode. Applies only when the rate control mode is QVBR. Set values for the QVBR quality level field and Max bitrate field that suit your most important viewing devices. Recommended values are:
3181  - Primary screen: Quality level: 8 to 10. Max bitrate: 4M
3182  - PC or tablet: Quality level: 7. Max bitrate: 1.5M to 3M
3183  - Smartphone: Quality level: 6. Max bitrate: 1M to 1.5M
3184       */
3185      QvbrQualityLevel?: __integerMin1Max10;
3186      /**
3187       * Rate control mode.
3188  
3189  QVBR: Quality will match the specified quality level except when it is constrained by the
3190  maximum bitrate.  Recommended if you or your viewers pay for bandwidth.
3191  
3192  CBR: Quality varies, depending on the video complexity. Recommended only if you distribute
3193  your assets to devices that cannot handle variable bitrates.
3194  
3195  Multiplex: This rate control mode is only supported (and is required) when the video is being
3196  delivered to a MediaLive Multiplex in which case the rate control configuration is controlled
3197  by the properties within the Multiplex Program.
3198       */
3199      RateControlMode?: H265RateControlMode;
3200      /**
3201       * Sets the scan type of the output to progressive or top-field-first interlaced.
3202       */
3203      ScanType?: H265ScanType;
3204      /**
3205       * Scene change detection.
3206       */
3207      SceneChangeDetect?: H265SceneChangeDetect;
3208      /**
3209       * Number of slices per picture. Must be less than or equal to the number of macroblock rows for progressive pictures, and less than or equal to half the number of macroblock rows for interlaced pictures.
3210  This field is optional; when no value is specified the encoder will choose the number of slices based on encode resolution.
3211       */
3212      Slices?: __integerMin1Max16;
3213      /**
3214       * H.265 Tier.
3215       */
3216      Tier?: H265Tier;
3217      /**
3218       * Determines how timecodes should be inserted into the video elementary stream.
3219  - 'disabled': Do not include timecodes
3220  - 'picTimingSei': Pass through picture timing SEI messages from the source specified in Timecode Config
3221       */
3222      TimecodeInsertion?: H265TimecodeInsertionBehavior;
3223    }
3224    export type H265Tier = "HIGH"|"MAIN"|string;
3225    export type H265TimecodeInsertionBehavior = "DISABLED"|"PIC_TIMING_SEI"|string;
3226    export interface Hdr10Settings {
3227      /**
3228       * Maximum Content Light Level
3229  An integer metadata value defining the maximum light level, in nits,
3230  of any single pixel within an encoded HDR video stream or file.
3231       */
3232      MaxCll?: __integerMin0Max32768;
3233      /**
3234       * Maximum Frame Average Light Level
3235  An integer metadata value defining the maximum average light level, in nits,
3236  for any single frame within an encoded HDR video stream or file.
3237       */
3238      MaxFall?: __integerMin0Max32768;
3239    }
3240    export type HlsAdMarkers = "ADOBE"|"ELEMENTAL"|"ELEMENTAL_SCTE35"|string;
3241    export type HlsAkamaiHttpTransferMode = "CHUNKED"|"NON_CHUNKED"|string;
3242    export interface HlsAkamaiSettings {
3243      /**
3244       * Number of seconds to wait before retrying connection to the CDN if the connection is lost.
3245       */
3246      ConnectionRetryInterval?: __integerMin0;
3247      /**
3248       * Size in seconds of file cache for streaming outputs.
3249       */
3250      FilecacheDuration?: __integerMin0Max600;
3251      /**
3252       * Specify whether or not to use chunked transfer encoding to Akamai. User should contact Akamai to enable this feature.
3253       */
3254      HttpTransferMode?: HlsAkamaiHttpTransferMode;
3255      /**
3256       * Number of retry attempts that will be made before the Live Event is put into an error state.
3257       */
3258      NumRetries?: __integerMin0;
3259      /**
3260       * If a streaming output fails, number of seconds to wait until a restart is initiated. A value of 0 means never restart.
3261       */
3262      RestartDelay?: __integerMin0Max15;
3263      /**
3264       * Salt for authenticated Akamai.
3265       */
3266      Salt?: __string;
3267      /**
3268       * Token parameter for authenticated akamai. If not specified, _gda_ is used.
3269       */
3270      Token?: __string;
3271    }
3272    export interface HlsBasicPutSettings {
3273      /**
3274       * Number of seconds to wait before retrying connection to the CDN if the connection is lost.
3275       */
3276      ConnectionRetryInterval?: __integerMin0;
3277      /**
3278       * Size in seconds of file cache for streaming outputs.
3279       */
3280      FilecacheDuration?: __integerMin0Max600;
3281      /**
3282       * Number of retry attempts that will be made before the Live Event is put into an error state.
3283       */
3284      NumRetries?: __integerMin0;
3285      /**
3286       * If a streaming output fails, number of seconds to wait until a restart is initiated. A value of 0 means never restart.
3287       */
3288      RestartDelay?: __integerMin0Max15;
3289    }
3290    export type HlsCaptionLanguageSetting = "INSERT"|"NONE"|"OMIT"|string;
3291    export interface HlsCdnSettings {
3292      HlsAkamaiSettings?: HlsAkamaiSettings;
3293      HlsBasicPutSettings?: HlsBasicPutSettings;
3294      HlsMediaStoreSettings?: HlsMediaStoreSettings;
3295      HlsS3Settings?: HlsS3Settings;
3296      HlsWebdavSettings?: HlsWebdavSettings;
3297    }
3298    export type HlsClientCache = "DISABLED"|"ENABLED"|string;
3299    export type HlsCodecSpecification = "RFC_4281"|"RFC_6381"|string;
3300    export type HlsDirectoryStructure = "SINGLE_DIRECTORY"|"SUBDIRECTORY_PER_STREAM"|string;
3301    export type HlsDiscontinuityTags = "INSERT"|"NEVER_INSERT"|string;
3302    export type HlsEncryptionType = "AES128"|"SAMPLE_AES"|string;
3303    export interface HlsGroupSettings {
3304      /**
3305       * Choose one or more ad marker types to pass SCTE35 signals through to this group of Apple HLS outputs.
3306       */
3307      AdMarkers?: __listOfHlsAdMarkers;
3308      /**
3309       * A partial URI prefix that will be prepended to each output in the media .m3u8 file. Can be used if base manifest is delivered from a different URL than the main .m3u8 file.
3310       */
3311      BaseUrlContent?: __string;
3312      /**
3313       * Optional. One value per output group.
3314  
3315  This field is required only if you are completing Base URL content A, and the downstream system has notified you that the media files for pipeline 1 of all outputs are in a location different from the media files for pipeline 0.
3316       */
3317      BaseUrlContent1?: __string;
3318      /**
3319       * A partial URI prefix that will be prepended to each output in the media .m3u8 file. Can be used if base manifest is delivered from a different URL than the main .m3u8 file.
3320       */
3321      BaseUrlManifest?: __string;
3322      /**
3323       * Optional. One value per output group.
3324  
3325  Complete this field only if you are completing Base URL manifest A, and the downstream system has notified you that the child manifest files for pipeline 1 of all outputs are in a location different from the child manifest files for pipeline 0.
3326       */
3327      BaseUrlManifest1?: __string;
3328      /**
3329       * Mapping of up to 4 caption channels to caption languages.  Is only meaningful if captionLanguageSetting is set to "insert".
3330       */
3331      CaptionLanguageMappings?: __listOfCaptionLanguageMapping;
3332      /**
3333       * Applies only to 608 Embedded output captions.
3334  insert: Include CLOSED-CAPTIONS lines in the manifest. Specify at least one language in the CC1 Language Code field. One CLOSED-CAPTION line is added for each Language Code you specify. Make sure to specify the languages in the order in which they appear in the original source (if the source is embedded format) or the order of the caption selectors (if the source is other than embedded). Otherwise, languages in the manifest will not match up properly with the output captions.
3335  none: Include CLOSED-CAPTIONS=NONE line in the manifest.
3336  omit: Omit any CLOSED-CAPTIONS line from the manifest.
3337       */
3338      CaptionLanguageSetting?: HlsCaptionLanguageSetting;
3339      /**
3340       * When set to "disabled", sets the #EXT-X-ALLOW-CACHE:no tag in the manifest, which prevents clients from saving media segments for later replay.
3341       */
3342      ClientCache?: HlsClientCache;
3343      /**
3344       * Specification to use (RFC-6381 or the default RFC-4281) during m3u8 playlist generation.
3345       */
3346      CodecSpecification?: HlsCodecSpecification;
3347      /**
3348       * For use with encryptionType. This is a 128-bit, 16-byte hex value represented by a 32-character text string. If ivSource is set to "explicit" then this parameter is required and is used as the IV for encryption.
3349       */
3350      ConstantIv?: __stringMin32Max32;
3351      /**
3352       * A directory or HTTP destination for the HLS segments, manifest files, and encryption keys (if enabled).
3353       */
3354      Destination: OutputLocationRef;
3355      /**
3356       * Place segments in subdirectories.
3357       */
3358      DirectoryStructure?: HlsDirectoryStructure;
3359      /**
3360       * Specifies whether to insert EXT-X-DISCONTINUITY tags in the HLS child manifests for this output group.
3361  Typically, choose Insert because these tags are required in the manifest (according to the HLS specification) and serve an important purpose.
3362  Choose Never Insert only if the downstream system is doing real-time failover (without using the MediaLive automatic failover feature) and only if that downstream system has advised you to exclude the tags.
3363       */
3364      DiscontinuityTags?: HlsDiscontinuityTags;
3365      /**
3366       * Encrypts the segments with the given encryption scheme.  Exclude this parameter if no encryption is desired.
3367       */
3368      EncryptionType?: HlsEncryptionType;
3369      /**
3370       * Parameters that control interactions with the CDN.
3371       */
3372      HlsCdnSettings?: HlsCdnSettings;
3373      /**
3374       * State of HLS ID3 Segment Tagging
3375       */
3376      HlsId3SegmentTagging?: HlsId3SegmentTaggingState;
3377      /**
3378       * DISABLED: Do not create an I-frame-only manifest, but do create the master and media manifests (according to the Output Selection field).
3379  
3380  STANDARD: Create an I-frame-only manifest for each output that contains video, as well as the other manifests (according to the Output Selection field). The I-frame manifest contains a #EXT-X-I-FRAMES-ONLY tag to indicate it is I-frame only, and one or more #EXT-X-BYTERANGE entries identifying the I-frame position. For example, #EXT-X-BYTERANGE:160364@1461888"
3381       */
3382      IFrameOnlyPlaylists?: IFrameOnlyPlaylistType;
3383      /**
3384       * Specifies whether to include the final (incomplete) segment in the media output when the pipeline stops producing output because of a channel stop, a channel pause or a loss of input to the pipeline.
3385  Auto means that MediaLive decides whether to include the final segment, depending on the channel class and the types of output groups.
3386  Suppress means to never include the incomplete segment. We recommend you choose Auto and let MediaLive control the behavior.
3387       */
3388      IncompleteSegmentBehavior?: HlsIncompleteSegmentBehavior;
3389      /**
3390       * Applies only if Mode field is LIVE.
3391  
3392  Specifies the maximum number of segments in the media manifest file. After this maximum, older segments are removed from the media manifest. This number must be smaller than the number in the Keep Segments field.
3393       */
3394      IndexNSegments?: __integerMin3;
3395      /**
3396       * Parameter that control output group behavior on input loss.
3397       */
3398      InputLossAction?: InputLossActionForHlsOut;
3399      /**
3400       * For use with encryptionType. The IV (Initialization Vector) is a 128-bit number used in conjunction with the key for encrypting blocks. If set to "include", IV is listed in the manifest, otherwise the IV is not in the manifest.
3401       */
3402      IvInManifest?: HlsIvInManifest;
3403      /**
3404       * For use with encryptionType. The IV (Initialization Vector) is a 128-bit number used in conjunction with the key for encrypting blocks. If this setting is "followsSegmentNumber", it will cause the IV to change every segment (to match the segment number). If this is set to "explicit", you must enter a constantIv value.
3405       */
3406      IvSource?: HlsIvSource;
3407      /**
3408       * Applies only if Mode field is LIVE.
3409  
3410  Specifies the number of media segments to retain in the destination directory. This number should be bigger than indexNSegments (Num segments). We recommend (value = (2 x indexNsegments) + 1).
3411  
3412  If this "keep segments" number is too low, the following might happen: the player is still reading a media manifest file that lists this segment, but that segment has been removed from the destination directory (as directed by indexNSegments). This situation would result in a 404 HTTP error on the player.
3413       */
3414      KeepSegments?: __integerMin1;
3415      /**
3416       * The value specifies how the key is represented in the resource identified by the URI.  If parameter is absent, an implicit value of "identity" is used.  A reverse DNS string can also be given.
3417       */
3418      KeyFormat?: __string;
3419      /**
3420       * Either a single positive integer version value or a slash delimited list of version values (1/2/3).
3421       */
3422      KeyFormatVersions?: __string;
3423      /**
3424       * The key provider settings.
3425       */
3426      KeyProviderSettings?: KeyProviderSettings;
3427      /**
3428       * When set to gzip, compresses HLS playlist.
3429       */
3430      ManifestCompression?: HlsManifestCompression;
3431      /**
3432       * Indicates whether the output manifest should use floating point or integer values for segment duration.
3433       */
3434      ManifestDurationFormat?: HlsManifestDurationFormat;
3435      /**
3436       * When set, minimumSegmentLength is enforced by looking ahead and back within the specified range for a nearby avail and extending the segment size if needed.
3437       */
3438      MinSegmentLength?: __integerMin0;
3439      /**
3440       * If "vod", all segments are indexed and kept permanently in the destination and manifest. If "live", only the number segments specified in keepSegments and indexNSegments are kept; newer segments replace older segments, which may prevent players from rewinding all the way to the beginning of the event.
3441  
3442  VOD mode uses HLS EXT-X-PLAYLIST-TYPE of EVENT while the channel is running, converting it to a "VOD" type manifest on completion of the stream.
3443       */
3444      Mode?: HlsMode;
3445      /**
3446       * MANIFESTS_AND_SEGMENTS: Generates manifests (master manifest, if applicable, and media manifests) for this output group.
3447  
3448  VARIANT_MANIFESTS_AND_SEGMENTS: Generates media manifests for this output group, but not a master manifest.
3449  
3450  SEGMENTS_ONLY: Does not generate any manifests for this output group.
3451       */
3452      OutputSelection?: HlsOutputSelection;
3453      /**
3454       * Includes or excludes EXT-X-PROGRAM-DATE-TIME tag in .m3u8 manifest files. The value is calculated as follows: either the program date and time are initialized using the input timecode source, or the time is initialized using the input timecode source and the date is initialized using the timestampOffset.
3455       */
3456      ProgramDateTime?: HlsProgramDateTime;
3457      /**
3458       * Period of insertion of EXT-X-PROGRAM-DATE-TIME entry, in seconds.
3459       */
3460      ProgramDateTimePeriod?: __integerMin0Max3600;
3461      /**
3462       * ENABLED: The master manifest (.m3u8 file) for each pipeline includes information about both pipelines: first its own media files, then the media files of the other pipeline. This feature allows playout device that support stale manifest detection to switch from one manifest to the other, when the current manifest seems to be stale. There are still two destinations and two master manifests, but both master manifests reference the media files from both pipelines.
3463  
3464  DISABLED: The master manifest (.m3u8 file) for each pipeline includes information about its own pipeline only.
3465  
3466  For an HLS output group with MediaPackage as the destination, the DISABLED behavior is always followed. MediaPackage regenerates the manifests it serves to players so a redundant manifest from MediaLive is irrelevant.
3467       */
3468      RedundantManifest?: HlsRedundantManifest;
3469      /**
3470       * Length of MPEG-2 Transport Stream segments to create (in seconds). Note that segments will end on the next keyframe after this number of seconds, so actual segment length may be longer.
3471       */
3472      SegmentLength?: __integerMin1;
3473      /**
3474       * useInputSegmentation has been deprecated. The configured segment size is always used.
3475       */
3476      SegmentationMode?: HlsSegmentationMode;
3477      /**
3478       * Number of segments to write to a subdirectory before starting a new one. directoryStructure must be subdirectoryPerStream for this setting to have an effect.
3479       */
3480      SegmentsPerSubdirectory?: __integerMin1;
3481      /**
3482       * Include or exclude RESOLUTION attribute for video in EXT-X-STREAM-INF tag of variant manifest.
3483       */
3484      StreamInfResolution?: HlsStreamInfResolution;
3485      /**
3486       * Indicates ID3 frame that has the timecode.
3487       */
3488      TimedMetadataId3Frame?: HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame;
3489      /**
3490       * Timed Metadata interval in seconds.
3491       */
3492      TimedMetadataId3Period?: __integerMin0;
3493      /**
3494       * Provides an extra millisecond delta offset to fine tune the timestamps.
3495       */
3496      TimestampDeltaMilliseconds?: __integerMin0;
3497      /**
3498       * SEGMENTED_FILES: Emit the program as segments - multiple .ts media files.
3499  
3500  SINGLE_FILE: Applies only if Mode field is VOD. Emit the program as a single .ts media file. The media manifest includes #EXT-X-BYTERANGE tags to index segments for playback. A typical use for this value is when sending the output to AWS Elemental MediaConvert, which can accept only a single media file. Playback while the channel is running is not guaranteed due to HTTP server caching.
3501       */
3502      TsFileMode?: HlsTsFileMode;
3503    }
3504    export type HlsH265PackagingType = "HEV1"|"HVC1"|string;
3505    export interface HlsId3SegmentTaggingScheduleActionSettings {
3506      /**
3507       * ID3 tag to insert into each segment. Supports special keyword identifiers to substitute in segment-related values.\nSupported keyword identifiers: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/medialive/latest/ug/variable-data-identifiers.html
3508       */
3509      Tag: __string;
3510    }
3511    export type HlsId3SegmentTaggingState = "DISABLED"|"ENABLED"|string;
3512    export type HlsIncompleteSegmentBehavior = "AUTO"|"SUPPRESS"|string;
3513    export interface HlsInputSettings {
3514      /**
3515       * When specified the HLS stream with the m3u8 BANDWIDTH that most closely matches this value will be chosen, otherwise the highest bandwidth stream in the m3u8 will be chosen.  The bitrate is specified in bits per second, as in an HLS manifest.
3516       */
3517      Bandwidth?: __integerMin0;
3518      /**
3519       * When specified, reading of the HLS input will begin this many buffer segments from the end (most recently written segment).  When not specified, the HLS input will begin with the first segment specified in the m3u8.
3520       */
3521      BufferSegments?: __integerMin0;
3522      /**
3523       * The number of consecutive times that attempts to read a manifest or segment must fail before the input is considered unavailable.
3524       */
3525      Retries?: __integerMin0;
3526      /**
3527       * The number of seconds between retries when an attempt to read a manifest or segment fails.
3528       */
3529      RetryInterval?: __integerMin0;
3530      /**
3531       * Identifies the source for the SCTE-35 messages that MediaLive will ingest. Messages can be ingested from the content segments (in the stream) or from tags in the playlist (the HLS manifest). MediaLive ignores SCTE-35 information in the source that is not selected.
3532       */
3533      Scte35Source?: HlsScte35SourceType;
3534    }
3535    export type HlsIvInManifest = "EXCLUDE"|"INCLUDE"|string;
3536    export type HlsIvSource = "EXPLICIT"|"FOLLOWS_SEGMENT_NUMBER"|string;
3537    export type HlsManifestCompression = "GZIP"|"NONE"|string;
3538    export type HlsManifestDurationFormat = "FLOATING_POINT"|"INTEGER"|string;
3539    export interface HlsMediaStoreSettings {
3540      /**
3541       * Number of seconds to wait before retrying connection to the CDN if the connection is lost.
3542       */
3543      ConnectionRetryInterval?: __integerMin0;
3544      /**
3545       * Size in seconds of file cache for streaming outputs.
3546       */
3547      FilecacheDuration?: __integerMin0Max600;
3548      /**
3549       * When set to temporal, output files are stored in non-persistent memory for faster reading and writing.
3550       */
3551      MediaStoreStorageClass?: HlsMediaStoreStorageClass;
3552      /**
3553       * Number of retry attempts that will be made before the Live Event is put into an error state.
3554       */
3555      NumRetries?: __integerMin0;
3556      /**
3557       * If a streaming output fails, number of seconds to wait until a restart is initiated. A value of 0 means never restart.
3558       */
3559      RestartDelay?: __integerMin0Max15;
3560    }
3561    export type HlsMediaStoreStorageClass = "TEMPORAL"|string;
3562    export type HlsMode = "LIVE"|"VOD"|string;
3563    export type HlsOutputSelection = "MANIFESTS_AND_SEGMENTS"|"SEGMENTS_ONLY"|"VARIANT_MANIFESTS_AND_SEGMENTS"|string;
3564    export interface HlsOutputSettings {
3565      /**
3566       * Only applicable when this output is referencing an H.265 video description.
3567  Specifies whether MP4 segments should be packaged as HEV1 or HVC1.
3568       */
3569      H265PackagingType?: HlsH265PackagingType;
3570      /**
3571       * Settings regarding the underlying stream. These settings are different for audio-only outputs.
3572       */
3573      HlsSettings: HlsSettings;
3574      /**
3575       * String concatenated to the end of the destination filename. Accepts \"Format Identifiers\":#formatIdentifierParameters.
3576       */
3577      NameModifier?: __stringMin1;
3578      /**
3579       * String concatenated to end of segment filenames.
3580       */
3581      SegmentModifier?: __string;
3582    }
3583    export type HlsProgramDateTime = "EXCLUDE"|"INCLUDE"|string;
3584    export type HlsRedundantManifest = "DISABLED"|"ENABLED"|string;
3585    export interface HlsS3Settings {
3586      /**
3587       * Specify the canned ACL to apply to each S3 request. Defaults to none.
3588       */
3589      CannedAcl?: S3CannedAcl;
3590    }
3591    export type HlsScte35SourceType = "MANIFEST"|"SEGMENTS"|string;
3592    export type HlsSegmentationMode = "USE_INPUT_SEGMENTATION"|"USE_SEGMENT_DURATION"|string;
3593    export interface HlsSettings {
3594      AudioOnlyHlsSettings?: AudioOnlyHlsSettings;
3595      Fmp4HlsSettings?: Fmp4HlsSettings;
3596      FrameCaptureHlsSettings?: FrameCaptureHlsSettings;
3597      StandardHlsSettings?: StandardHlsSettings;
3598    }
3599    export type HlsStreamInfResolution = "EXCLUDE"|"INCLUDE"|string;
3600    export type HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame = "NONE"|"PRIV"|"TDRL"|string;
3601    export interface HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings {
3602      /**
3603       * Base64 string formatted according to the ID3 specification: http://id3.org/id3v2.4.0-structure
3604       */
3605      Id3: __string;
3606    }
3607    export type HlsTsFileMode = "SEGMENTED_FILES"|"SINGLE_FILE"|string;
3608    export type HlsWebdavHttpTransferMode = "CHUNKED"|"NON_CHUNKED"|string;
3609    export interface HlsWebdavSettings {
3610      /**
3611       * Number of seconds to wait before retrying connection to the CDN if the connection is lost.
3612       */
3613      ConnectionRetryInterval?: __integerMin0;
3614      /**
3615       * Size in seconds of file cache for streaming outputs.
3616       */
3617      FilecacheDuration?: __integerMin0Max600;
3618      /**
3619       * Specify whether or not to use chunked transfer encoding to WebDAV.
3620       */
3621      HttpTransferMode?: HlsWebdavHttpTransferMode;
3622      /**
3623       * Number of retry attempts that will be made before the Live Event is put into an error state.
3624       */
3625      NumRetries?: __integerMin0;
3626      /**
3627       * If a streaming output fails, number of seconds to wait until a restart is initiated. A value of 0 means never restart.
3628       */
3629      RestartDelay?: __integerMin0Max15;
3630    }
3631    export interface HtmlMotionGraphicsSettings {
3632    }
3633    export type IFrameOnlyPlaylistType = "DISABLED"|"STANDARD"|string;
3634    export interface ImmediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings {
3635    }
3636    export interface Input {
3637      /**
3638       * The Unique ARN of the input (generated, immutable).
3639       */
3640      Arn?: __string;
3641      /**
3642       * A list of channel IDs that that input is attached to (currently an input can only be attached to one channel).
3643       */
3644      AttachedChannels?: __listOf__string;
3645      /**
3646       * A list of the destinations of the input (PUSH-type).
3647       */
3648      Destinations?: __listOfInputDestination;
3649      /**
3650       * The generated ID of the input (unique for user account, immutable).
3651       */
3652      Id?: __string;
3653      /**
3654       * STANDARD - MediaLive expects two sources to be connected to this input. If the channel is also STANDARD, both sources will be ingested. If the channel is SINGLE_PIPELINE, only the first source will be ingested; the second source will always be ignored, even if the first source fails.
3655  SINGLE_PIPELINE - You can connect only one source to this input. If the ChannelClass is also  SINGLE_PIPELINE, this value is valid. If the ChannelClass is STANDARD, this value is not valid because the channel requires two sources in the input.
3656  
3657       */
3658      InputClass?: InputClass;
3659      /**
3660       * Settings for the input devices.
3661       */
3662      InputDevices?: __listOfInputDeviceSettings;
3663      /**
3664       * A list of IDs for all Inputs which are partners of this one.
3665       */
3666      InputPartnerIds?: __listOf__string;
3667      /**
3668       * Certain pull input sources can be dynamic, meaning that they can have their URL's dynamically changes
3669  during input switch actions. Presently, this functionality only works with MP4_FILE inputs.
3670  
3671       */
3672      InputSourceType?: InputSourceType;
3673      /**
3674       * A list of MediaConnect Flows for this input.
3675       */
3676      MediaConnectFlows?: __listOfMediaConnectFlow;
3677      /**
3678       * The user-assigned name (This is a mutable value).
3679       */
3680      Name?: __string;
3681      /**
3682       * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role this input assumes during and after creation.
3683       */
3684      RoleArn?: __string;
3685      /**
3686       * A list of IDs for all the Input Security Groups attached to the input.
3687       */
3688      SecurityGroups?: __listOf__string;
3689      /**
3690       * A list of the sources of the input (PULL-type).
3691       */
3692      Sources?: __listOfInputSource;
3693      State?: InputState;
3694      /**
3695       * A collection of key-value pairs.
3696       */
3697      Tags?: Tags;
3698      Type?: InputType;
3699    }
3700    export interface InputAttachment {
3701      /**
3702       * User-specified settings for defining what the conditions are for declaring the input unhealthy and failing over to a different input.
3703       */
3704      AutomaticInputFailoverSettings?: AutomaticInputFailoverSettings;
3705      /**
3706       * User-specified name for the attachment. This is required if the user wants to use this input in an input switch action.
3707       */
3708      InputAttachmentName?: __string;
3709      /**
3710       * The ID of the input
3711       */
3712      InputId?: __string;
3713      /**
3714       * Settings of an input (caption selector, etc.)
3715       */
3716      InputSettings?: InputSettings;
3717    }
3718    export interface InputChannelLevel {
3719      /**
3720       * Remixing value. Units are in dB and acceptable values are within the range from -60 (mute) and 6 dB.
3721       */
3722      Gain: __integerMinNegative60Max6;
3723      /**
3724       * The index of the input channel used as a source.
3725       */
3726      InputChannel: __integerMin0Max15;
3727    }
3728    export type InputClass = "STANDARD"|"SINGLE_PIPELINE"|string;
3729    export interface InputClippingSettings {
3730      /**
3731       * The source of the timecodes in the source being clipped.
3732       */
3733      InputTimecodeSource: InputTimecodeSource;
3734      /**
3735       * Settings to identify the start of the clip.
3736       */
3737      StartTimecode?: StartTimecode;
3738      /**
3739       * Settings to identify the end of the clip.
3740       */
3741      StopTimecode?: StopTimecode;
3742    }
3743    export type InputCodec = "MPEG2"|"AVC"|"HEVC"|string;
3744    export type InputDeblockFilter = "DISABLED"|"ENABLED"|string;
3745    export type InputDenoiseFilter = "DISABLED"|"ENABLED"|string;
3746    export interface InputDestination {
3747      /**
3748       * The system-generated static IP address of endpoint.
3749  It remains fixed for the lifetime of the input.
3750  
3751       */
3752      Ip?: __string;
3753      /**
3754       * The port number for the input.
3755       */
3756      Port?: __string;
3757      /**
3758       * This represents the endpoint that the customer stream will be
3759  pushed to.
3760  
3761       */
3762      Url?: __string;
3763      Vpc?: InputDestinationVpc;
3764    }
3765    export interface InputDestinationRequest {
3766      /**
3767       * A unique name for the location the RTMP stream is being pushed
3768  to.
3769  
3770       */
3771      StreamName?: __string;
3772    }
3773    export interface InputDestinationVpc {
3774      /**
3775       * The availability zone of the Input destination.
3776  
3777       */
3778      AvailabilityZone?: __string;
3779      /**
3780       * The network interface ID of the Input destination in the VPC.
3781  
3782       */
3783      NetworkInterfaceId?: __string;
3784    }
3785    export type InputDeviceActiveInput = "HDMI"|"SDI"|string;
3786    export interface InputDeviceConfigurableSettings {
3787      /**
3788       * The input source that you want to use. If the device has a source connected to only one of its input ports, or if you don't care which source the device sends, specify Auto. If the device has sources connected to both its input ports, and you want to use a specific source, specify the source.
3789       */
3790      ConfiguredInput?: InputDeviceConfiguredInput;
3791      /**
3792       * The maximum bitrate in bits per second. Set a value here to throttle the bitrate of the source video.
3793       */
3794      MaxBitrate?: __integer;
3795    }
3796    export type InputDeviceConfiguredInput = "AUTO"|"HDMI"|"SDI"|string;
3797    export type InputDeviceConnectionState = "DISCONNECTED"|"CONNECTED"|string;
3798    export interface InputDeviceHdSettings {
3799      /**
3800       * If you specified Auto as the configured input, specifies which of the sources is currently active (SDI or HDMI).
3801       */
3802      ActiveInput?: InputDeviceActiveInput;
3803      /**
3804       * The source at the input device that is currently active. You can specify this source.
3805       */
3806      ConfiguredInput?: InputDeviceConfiguredInput;
3807      /**
3808       * The state of the input device.
3809       */
3810      DeviceState?: InputDeviceState;
3811      /**
3812       * The frame rate of the video source.
3813       */
3814      Framerate?: __double;
3815      /**
3816       * The height of the video source, in pixels.
3817       */
3818      Height?: __integer;
3819      /**
3820       * The current maximum bitrate for ingesting this source, in bits per second. You can specify this maximum.
3821       */
3822      MaxBitrate?: __integer;
3823      /**
3824       * The scan type of the video source.
3825       */
3826      ScanType?: InputDeviceScanType;
3827      /**
3828       * The width of the video source, in pixels.
3829       */
3830      Width?: __integer;
3831    }
3832    export type InputDeviceIpScheme = "STATIC"|"DHCP"|string;
3833    export interface InputDeviceNetworkSettings {
3834      /**
3835       * The DNS addresses of the input device.
3836       */
3837      DnsAddresses?: __listOf__string;
3838      /**
3839       * The network gateway IP address.
3840       */
3841      Gateway?: __string;
3842      /**
3843       * The IP address of the input device.
3844       */
3845      IpAddress?: __string;
3846      /**
3847       * Specifies whether the input device has been configured (outside of MediaLive) to use a dynamic IP address assignment (DHCP) or a static IP address.
3848       */
3849      IpScheme?: InputDeviceIpScheme;
3850      /**
3851       * The subnet mask of the input device.
3852       */
3853      SubnetMask?: __string;
3854    }
3855    export interface InputDeviceRequest {
3856      /**
3857       * The unique ID for the device.
3858       */
3859      Id?: __string;
3860    }
3861    export type InputDeviceScanType = "INTERLACED"|"PROGRESSIVE"|string;
3862    export interface InputDeviceSettings {
3863      /**
3864       * The unique ID for the device.
3865       */
3866      Id?: __string;
3867    }
3868    export type InputDeviceState = "IDLE"|"STREAMING"|string;
3869    export interface InputDeviceSummary {
3870      /**
3871       * The unique ARN of the input device.
3872       */
3873      Arn?: __string;
3874      /**
3875       * The state of the connection between the input device and AWS.
3876       */
3877      ConnectionState?: InputDeviceConnectionState;
3878      /**
3879       * The status of the action to synchronize the device configuration. If you change the configuration of the input device (for example, the maximum bitrate), MediaLive sends the new data to the device. The device might not update itself immediately. SYNCED means the device has updated its configuration. SYNCING means that it has not updated its configuration.
3880       */
3881      DeviceSettingsSyncState?: DeviceSettingsSyncState;
3882      /**
3883       * The status of software on the input device.
3884       */
3885      DeviceUpdateStatus?: DeviceUpdateStatus;
3886      /**
3887       * Settings that describe an input device that is type HD.
3888       */
3889      HdDeviceSettings?: InputDeviceHdSettings;
3890      /**
3891       * The unique ID of the input device.
3892       */
3893      Id?: __string;
3894      /**
3895       * The network MAC address of the input device.
3896       */
3897      MacAddress?: __string;
3898      /**
3899       * A name that you specify for the input device.
3900       */
3901      Name?: __string;
3902      /**
3903       * Network settings for the input device.
3904       */
3905      NetworkSettings?: InputDeviceNetworkSettings;
3906      /**
3907       * The unique serial number of the input device.
3908       */
3909      SerialNumber?: __string;
3910      /**
3911       * The type of the input device.
3912       */
3913      Type?: InputDeviceType;
3914      /**
3915       * Settings that describe an input device that is type UHD.
3916       */
3917      UhdDeviceSettings?: InputDeviceUhdSettings;
3918    }
3919    export type InputDeviceTransferType = "OUTGOING"|"INCOMING"|string;
3920    export type InputDeviceType = "HD"|string;
3921    export interface InputDeviceUhdSettings {
3922      /**
3923       * If you specified Auto as the configured input, specifies which of the sources is currently active (SDI or HDMI).
3924       */
3925      ActiveInput?: InputDeviceActiveInput;
3926      /**
3927       * The source at the input device that is currently active. You can specify this source.
3928       */
3929      ConfiguredInput?: InputDeviceConfiguredInput;
3930      /**
3931       * The state of the input device.
3932       */
3933      DeviceState?: InputDeviceState;
3934      /**
3935       * The frame rate of the video source.
3936       */
3937      Framerate?: __double;
3938      /**
3939       * The height of the video source, in pixels.
3940       */
3941      Height?: __integer;
3942      /**
3943       * The current maximum bitrate for ingesting this source, in bits per second. You can specify this maximum.
3944       */
3945      MaxBitrate?: __integer;
3946      /**
3947       * The scan type of the video source.
3948       */
3949      ScanType?: InputDeviceScanType;
3950      /**
3951       * The width of the video source, in pixels.
3952       */
3953      Width?: __integer;
3954    }
3955    export type InputFilter = "AUTO"|"DISABLED"|"FORCED"|string;
3956    export interface InputLocation {
3957      /**
3958       * key used to extract the password from EC2 Parameter store
3959       */
3960      PasswordParam?: __string;
3961      /**
3962       * Uniform Resource Identifier - This should be a path to a file accessible to the Live system (eg. a http:// URI) depending on the output type. For example, a RTMP destination should have a uri simliar to: "rtmp://fmsserver/live".
3963       */
3964      Uri: __string;
3965      /**
3966       * Documentation update needed
3967       */
3968      Username?: __string;
3969    }
3970    export type InputLossActionForHlsOut = "EMIT_OUTPUT"|"PAUSE_OUTPUT"|string;
3971    export type InputLossActionForMsSmoothOut = "EMIT_OUTPUT"|"PAUSE_OUTPUT"|string;
3972    export type InputLossActionForRtmpOut = "EMIT_OUTPUT"|"PAUSE_OUTPUT"|string;
3973    export type InputLossActionForUdpOut = "DROP_PROGRAM"|"DROP_TS"|"EMIT_PROGRAM"|string;
3974    export interface InputLossBehavior {
3975      /**
3976       * Documentation update needed
3977       */
3978      BlackFrameMsec?: __integerMin0Max1000000;
3979      /**
3980       * When input loss image type is "color" this field specifies the color to use. Value: 6 hex characters representing the values of RGB.
3981       */
3982      InputLossImageColor?: __stringMin6Max6;
3983      /**
3984       * When input loss image type is "slate" these fields specify the parameters for accessing the slate.
3985       */
3986      InputLossImageSlate?: InputLocation;
3987      /**
3988       * Indicates whether to substitute a solid color or a slate into the output after input loss exceeds blackFrameMsec.
3989       */
3990      InputLossImageType?: InputLossImageType;
3991      /**
3992       * Documentation update needed
3993       */
3994      RepeatFrameMsec?: __integerMin0Max1000000;
3995    }
3996    export interface InputLossFailoverSettings {
3997      /**
3998       * The amount of time (in milliseconds) that no input is detected. After that time, an input failover will occur.
3999       */
4000      InputLossThresholdMsec?: __integerMin100;
4001    }
4002    export type InputLossImageType = "COLOR"|"SLATE"|string;
4003    export type InputMaximumBitrate = "MAX_10_MBPS"|"MAX_20_MBPS"|"MAX_50_MBPS"|string;
4004    export type InputPreference = "EQUAL_INPUT_PREFERENCE"|"PRIMARY_INPUT_PREFERRED"|string;
4005    export interface InputPrepareScheduleActionSettings {
4006      /**
4007       * The name of the input attachment that should be prepared by this action. If no name is provided, the action will stop the most recent prepare (if any) when activated.
4008       */
4009      InputAttachmentNameReference?: __string;
4010      /**
4011       * Settings to let you create a clip of the file input, in order to set up the input to ingest only a portion of the file.
4012       */
4013      InputClippingSettings?: InputClippingSettings;
4014      /**
4015       * The value for the variable portion of the URL for the dynamic input, for this instance of the input. Each time you use the same dynamic input in an input switch action, you can provide a different value, in order to connect the input to a different content source.
4016       */
4017      UrlPath?: __listOf__string;
4018    }
4019    export type InputResolution = "SD"|"HD"|"UHD"|string;
4020    export interface InputSecurityGroup {
4021      /**
4022       * Unique ARN of Input Security Group
4023       */
4024      Arn?: __string;
4025      /**
4026       * The Id of the Input Security Group
4027       */
4028      Id?: __string;
4029      /**
4030       * The list of inputs currently using this Input Security Group.
4031       */
4032      Inputs?: __listOf__string;
4033      /**
4034       * The current state of the Input Security Group.
4035       */
4036      State?: InputSecurityGroupState;
4037      /**
4038       * A collection of key-value pairs.
4039       */
4040      Tags?: Tags;
4041      /**
4042       * Whitelist rules and their sync status
4043       */
4044      WhitelistRules?: __listOfInputWhitelistRule;
4045    }
4046    export type InputSecurityGroupState = "IDLE"|"IN_USE"|"UPDATING"|"DELETED"|string;
4047    export interface InputSettings {
4048      /**
4049       * Used to select the audio stream to decode for inputs that have multiple available.
4050       */
4051      AudioSelectors?: __listOfAudioSelector;
4052      /**
4053       * Used to select the caption input to use for inputs that have multiple available.
4054       */
4055      CaptionSelectors?: __listOfCaptionSelector;
4056      /**
4057       * Enable or disable the deblock filter when filtering.
4058       */
4059      DeblockFilter?: InputDeblockFilter;
4060      /**
4061       * Enable or disable the denoise filter when filtering.
4062       */
4063      DenoiseFilter?: InputDenoiseFilter;
4064      /**
4065       * Adjusts the magnitude of filtering from 1 (minimal) to 5 (strongest).
4066       */
4067      FilterStrength?: __integerMin1Max5;
4068      /**
4069       * Turns on the filter for this input. MPEG-2 inputs have the deblocking filter enabled by default.
4070  1) auto - filtering will be applied depending on input type/quality
4071  2) disabled - no filtering will be applied to the input
4072  3) forced - filtering will be applied regardless of input type
4073       */
4074      InputFilter?: InputFilter;
4075      /**
4076       * Input settings.
4077       */
4078      NetworkInputSettings?: NetworkInputSettings;
4079      /**
4080       * Specifies whether to extract applicable ancillary data from a SMPTE-2038 source in this input. Applicable data types are captions, timecode, AFD, and SCTE-104 messages.
4081  - PREFER: Extract from SMPTE-2038 if present in this input, otherwise extract from another source (if any).
4082  - IGNORE: Never extract any ancillary data from SMPTE-2038.
4083       */
4084      Smpte2038DataPreference?: Smpte2038DataPreference;
4085      /**
4086       * Loop input if it is a file. This allows a file input to be streamed indefinitely.
4087       */
4088      SourceEndBehavior?: InputSourceEndBehavior;
4089      /**
4090       * Informs which video elementary stream to decode for input types that have multiple available.
4091       */
4092      VideoSelector?: VideoSelector;
4093    }
4094    export interface InputSource {
4095      /**
4096       * The key used to extract the password from EC2 Parameter store.
4097       */
4098      PasswordParam?: __string;
4099      /**
4100       * This represents the customer's source URL where stream is
4101  pulled from.
4102  
4103       */
4104      Url?: __string;
4105      /**
4106       * The username for the input source.
4107       */
4108      Username?: __string;
4109    }
4110    export type InputSourceEndBehavior = "CONTINUE"|"LOOP"|string;
4111    export interface InputSourceRequest {
4112      /**
4113       * The key used to extract the password from EC2 Parameter store.
4114       */
4115      PasswordParam?: __string;
4116      /**
4117       * This represents the customer's source URL where stream is
4118  pulled from.
4119  
4120       */
4121      Url?: __string;
4122      /**
4123       * The username for the input source.
4124       */
4125      Username?: __string;
4126    }
4127    export type InputSourceType = "STATIC"|"DYNAMIC"|string;
4128    export interface InputSpecification {
4129      /**
4130       * Input codec
4131       */
4132      Codec?: InputCodec;
4133      /**
4134       * Maximum input bitrate, categorized coarsely
4135       */
4136      MaximumBitrate?: InputMaximumBitrate;
4137      /**
4138       * Input resolution, categorized coarsely
4139       */
4140      Resolution?: InputResolution;
4141    }
4142    export type InputState = "CREATING"|"DETACHED"|"ATTACHED"|"DELETING"|"DELETED"|string;
4143    export interface InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings {
4144      /**
4145       * The name of the input attachment (not the name of the input!) to switch to. The name is specified in the channel configuration.
4146       */
4147      InputAttachmentNameReference: __string;
4148      /**
4149       * Settings to let you create a clip of the file input, in order to set up the input to ingest only a portion of the file.
4150       */
4151      InputClippingSettings?: InputClippingSettings;
4152      /**
4153       * The value for the variable portion of the URL for the dynamic input, for this instance of the input. Each time you use the same dynamic input in an input switch action, you can provide a different value, in order to connect the input to a different content source.
4154       */
4155      UrlPath?: __listOf__string;
4156    }
4157    export type InputTimecodeSource = "ZEROBASED"|"EMBEDDED"|string;
4158    export type InputType = "UDP_PUSH"|"RTP_PUSH"|"RTMP_PUSH"|"RTMP_PULL"|"URL_PULL"|"MP4_FILE"|"MEDIACONNECT"|"INPUT_DEVICE"|"AWS_CDI"|string;
4159    export interface InputVpcRequest {
4160      /**
4161       * A list of up to 5 EC2 VPC security group IDs to attach to the Input VPC network interfaces.
4162  Requires subnetIds. If none are specified then the VPC default security group will be used.
4163  
4164       */
4165      SecurityGroupIds?: __listOf__string;
4166      /**
4167       * A list of 2 VPC subnet IDs from the same VPC.
4168  Subnet IDs must be mapped to two unique availability zones (AZ).
4169  
4170       */
4171      SubnetIds: __listOf__string;
4172    }
4173    export interface InputWhitelistRule {
4174      /**
4175       * The IPv4 CIDR that's whitelisted.
4176       */
4177      Cidr?: __string;
4178    }
4179    export interface InputWhitelistRuleCidr {
4180      /**
4181       * The IPv4 CIDR to whitelist.
4182       */
4183      Cidr?: __string;
4184    }
4185    export interface KeyProviderSettings {
4186      StaticKeySettings?: StaticKeySettings;
4187    }
4188    export type LastFrameClippingBehavior = "EXCLUDE_LAST_FRAME"|"INCLUDE_LAST_FRAME"|string;
4189    export interface ListChannelsRequest {
4190      MaxResults?: MaxResults;
4191      NextToken?: __string;
4192    }
4193    export interface ListChannelsResponse {
4194      Channels?: __listOfChannelSummary;
4195      NextToken?: __string;
4196    }
4197    export interface ListInputDeviceTransfersRequest {
4198      MaxResults?: MaxResults;
4199      NextToken?: __string;
4200      TransferType: __string;
4201    }
4202    export interface ListInputDeviceTransfersResponse {
4203      /**
4204       * The list of devices that you are transferring or are being transferred to you.
4205       */
4206      InputDeviceTransfers?: __listOfTransferringInputDeviceSummary;
4207      /**
4208       * A token to get additional list results.
4209       */
4210      NextToken?: __string;
4211    }
4212    export interface ListInputDevicesRequest {
4213      MaxResults?: MaxResults;
4214      NextToken?: __string;
4215    }
4216    export interface ListInputDevicesResponse {
4217      /**
4218       * The list of input devices.
4219       */
4220      InputDevices?: __listOfInputDeviceSummary;
4221      /**
4222       * A token to get additional list results.
4223       */
4224      NextToken?: __string;
4225    }
4226    export interface ListInputSecurityGroupsRequest {
4227      MaxResults?: MaxResults;
4228      NextToken?: __string;
4229    }
4230    export interface ListInputSecurityGroupsResponse {
4231      /**
4232       * List of input security groups
4233       */
4234      InputSecurityGroups?: __listOfInputSecurityGroup;
4235      NextToken?: __string;
4236    }
4237    export interface ListInputsRequest {
4238      MaxResults?: MaxResults;
4239      NextToken?: __string;
4240    }
4241    export interface ListInputsResponse {
4242      Inputs?: __listOfInput;
4243      NextToken?: __string;
4244    }
4245    export interface ListMultiplexProgramsRequest {
4246      /**
4247       * The maximum number of items to return.
4248       */
4249      MaxResults?: MaxResults;
4250      /**
4251       * The ID of the multiplex that the programs belong to.
4252       */
4253      MultiplexId: __string;
4254      /**
4255       * The token to retrieve the next page of results.
4256       */
4257      NextToken?: __string;
4258    }
4259    export interface ListMultiplexProgramsResponse {
4260      /**
4261       * List of multiplex programs.
4262       */
4263      MultiplexPrograms?: __listOfMultiplexProgramSummary;
4264      /**
4265       * Token for the next ListMultiplexProgram request.
4266       */
4267      NextToken?: __string;
4268    }
4269    export interface ListMultiplexesRequest {
4270      /**
4271       * The maximum number of items to return.
4272       */
4273      MaxResults?: MaxResults;
4274      /**
4275       * The token to retrieve the next page of results.
4276       */
4277      NextToken?: __string;
4278    }
4279    export interface ListMultiplexesResponse {
4280      /**
4281       * List of multiplexes.
4282       */
4283      Multiplexes?: __listOfMultiplexSummary;
4284      /**
4285       * Token for the next ListMultiplexes request.
4286       */
4287      NextToken?: __string;
4288    }
4289    export interface ListOfferingsRequest {
4290      /**
4291       * Filter by channel class, 'STANDARD' or 'SINGLE_PIPELINE'
4292  
4293       */
4294      ChannelClass?: __string;
4295      /**
4296       * Filter to offerings that match the configuration of an existing channel, e.g. '2345678' (a channel ID)
4297  
4298       */
4299      ChannelConfiguration?: __string;
4300      /**
4301       * Filter by codec, 'AVC', 'HEVC', 'MPEG2', 'AUDIO', or 'LINK'
4302       */
4303      Codec?: __string;
4304      /**
4305       * Filter by offering duration, e.g. '12'
4306       */
4307      Duration?: __string;
4308      MaxResults?: MaxResults;
4309      /**
4310       * Filter by bitrate, 'MAX_10_MBPS', 'MAX_20_MBPS', or 'MAX_50_MBPS'
4311  
4312       */
4313      MaximumBitrate?: __string;
4314      /**
4315       * Filter by framerate, 'MAX_30_FPS' or 'MAX_60_FPS'
4316       */
4317      MaximumFramerate?: __string;
4318      NextToken?: __string;
4319      /**
4320       * Filter by resolution, 'SD', 'HD', 'FHD', or 'UHD'
4321       */
4322      Resolution?: __string;
4323      /**
4324       * Filter by resource type, 'INPUT', 'OUTPUT', 'MULTIPLEX', or 'CHANNEL'
4325       */
4326      ResourceType?: __string;
4327      /**
4328       * Filter by special feature, 'ADVANCED_AUDIO' or 'AUDIO_NORMALIZATION'
4329  
4330       */
4331      SpecialFeature?: __string;
4332      /**
4333       * Filter by video quality, 'STANDARD', 'ENHANCED', or 'PREMIUM'
4334  
4335       */
4336      VideoQuality?: __string;
4337    }
4338    export interface ListOfferingsResponse {
4339      /**
4340       * Token to retrieve the next page of results
4341       */
4342      NextToken?: __string;
4343      /**
4344       * List of offerings
4345       */
4346      Offerings?: __listOfOffering;
4347    }
4348    export interface ListReservationsRequest {
4349      /**
4350       * Filter by channel class, 'STANDARD' or 'SINGLE_PIPELINE'
4351  
4352       */
4353      ChannelClass?: __string;
4354      /**
4355       * Filter by codec, 'AVC', 'HEVC', 'MPEG2', 'AUDIO', or 'LINK'
4356       */
4357      Codec?: __string;
4358      MaxResults?: MaxResults;
4359      /**
4360       * Filter by bitrate, 'MAX_10_MBPS', 'MAX_20_MBPS', or 'MAX_50_MBPS'
4361  
4362       */
4363      MaximumBitrate?: __string;
4364      /**
4365       * Filter by framerate, 'MAX_30_FPS' or 'MAX_60_FPS'
4366       */
4367      MaximumFramerate?: __string;
4368      NextToken?: __string;
4369      /**
4370       * Filter by resolution, 'SD', 'HD', 'FHD', or 'UHD'
4371       */
4372      Resolution?: __string;
4373      /**
4374       * Filter by resource type, 'INPUT', 'OUTPUT', 'MULTIPLEX', or 'CHANNEL'
4375       */
4376      ResourceType?: __string;
4377      /**
4378       * Filter by special feature, 'ADVANCED_AUDIO' or 'AUDIO_NORMALIZATION'
4379  
4380       */
4381      SpecialFeature?: __string;
4382      /**
4383       * Filter by video quality, 'STANDARD', 'ENHANCED', or 'PREMIUM'
4384  
4385       */
4386      VideoQuality?: __string;
4387    }
4388    export interface ListReservationsResponse {
4389      /**
4390       * Token to retrieve the next page of results
4391       */
4392      NextToken?: __string;
4393      /**
4394       * List of reservations
4395       */
4396      Reservations?: __listOfReservation;
4397    }
4398    export interface ListTagsForResourceRequest {
4399      ResourceArn: __string;
4400    }
4401    export interface ListTagsForResourceResponse {
4402      Tags?: Tags;
4403    }
4404    export type LogLevel = "ERROR"|"WARNING"|"INFO"|"DEBUG"|"DISABLED"|string;
4405    export type M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehavior = "DROP"|"ENCODE_SILENCE"|string;
4406    export type M2tsArib = "DISABLED"|"ENABLED"|string;
4407    export type M2tsAribCaptionsPidControl = "AUTO"|"USE_CONFIGURED"|string;
4408    export type M2tsAudioBufferModel = "ATSC"|"DVB"|string;
4409    export type M2tsAudioInterval = "VIDEO_AND_FIXED_INTERVALS"|"VIDEO_INTERVAL"|string;
4410    export type M2tsAudioStreamType = "ATSC"|"DVB"|string;
4411    export type M2tsBufferModel = "MULTIPLEX"|"NONE"|string;
4412    export type M2tsCcDescriptor = "DISABLED"|"ENABLED"|string;
4413    export type M2tsEbifControl = "NONE"|"PASSTHROUGH"|string;
4414    export type M2tsEbpPlacement = "VIDEO_AND_AUDIO_PIDS"|"VIDEO_PID"|string;
4415    export type M2tsEsRateInPes = "EXCLUDE"|"INCLUDE"|string;
4416    export type M2tsKlv = "NONE"|"PASSTHROUGH"|string;
4417    export type M2tsNielsenId3Behavior = "NO_PASSTHROUGH"|"PASSTHROUGH"|string;
4418    export type M2tsPcrControl = "CONFIGURED_PCR_PERIOD"|"PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET"|string;
4419    export type M2tsRateMode = "CBR"|"VBR"|string;
4420    export type M2tsScte35Control = "NONE"|"PASSTHROUGH"|string;
4421    export type M2tsSegmentationMarkers = "EBP"|"EBP_LEGACY"|"NONE"|"PSI_SEGSTART"|"RAI_ADAPT"|"RAI_SEGSTART"|string;
4422    export type M2tsSegmentationStyle = "MAINTAIN_CADENCE"|"RESET_CADENCE"|string;
4423    export interface M2tsSettings {
4424      /**
4425       * When set to drop, output audio streams will be removed from the program if the selected input audio stream is removed from the input. This allows the output audio configuration to dynamically change based on input configuration. If this is set to encodeSilence, all output audio streams will output encoded silence when not connected to an active input stream.
4426       */
4427      AbsentInputAudioBehavior?: M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehavior;
4428      /**
4429       * When set to enabled, uses ARIB-compliant field muxing and removes video descriptor.
4430       */
4431      Arib?: M2tsArib;
4432      /**
4433       * Packet Identifier (PID) for ARIB Captions in the transport stream. Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value.  Valid values are 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
4434       */
4435      AribCaptionsPid?: __string;
4436      /**
4437       * If set to auto, pid number used for ARIB Captions will be auto-selected from unused pids.  If set to useConfigured, ARIB Captions will be on the configured pid number.
4438       */
4439      AribCaptionsPidControl?: M2tsAribCaptionsPidControl;
4440      /**
4441       * When set to dvb, uses DVB buffer model for Dolby Digital audio.  When set to atsc, the ATSC model is used.
4442       */
4443      AudioBufferModel?: M2tsAudioBufferModel;
4444      /**
4445       * The number of audio frames to insert for each PES packet.
4446       */
4447      AudioFramesPerPes?: __integerMin0;
4448      /**
4449       * Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary audio stream(s) in the transport stream. Multiple values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or by comma separation. Can be entered as decimal or hexadecimal values. Each PID specified must be in the range of 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
4450       */
4451      AudioPids?: __string;
4452      /**
4453       * When set to atsc, uses stream type = 0x81 for AC3 and stream type = 0x87 for EAC3. When set to dvb, uses stream type = 0x06.
4454       */
4455      AudioStreamType?: M2tsAudioStreamType;
4456      /**
4457       * The output bitrate of the transport stream in bits per second. Setting to 0 lets the muxer automatically determine the appropriate bitrate.
4458       */
4459      Bitrate?: __integerMin0;
4460      /**
4461       * Controls the timing accuracy for output network traffic. Leave as MULTIPLEX to ensure accurate network packet timing. Or set to NONE, which might result in lower latency but will result in more variability in output network packet timing. This variability might cause interruptions, jitter, or bursty behavior in your playback or receiving devices.
4462       */
4463      BufferModel?: M2tsBufferModel;
4464      /**
4465       * When set to enabled, generates captionServiceDescriptor in PMT.
4466       */
4467      CcDescriptor?: M2tsCcDescriptor;
4468      /**
4469       * Inserts DVB Network Information Table (NIT) at the specified table repetition interval.
4470       */
4471      DvbNitSettings?: DvbNitSettings;
4472      /**
4473       * Inserts DVB Service Description Table (SDT) at the specified table repetition interval.
4474       */
4475      DvbSdtSettings?: DvbSdtSettings;
4476      /**
4477       * Packet Identifier (PID) for input source DVB Subtitle data to this output. Multiple values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or by comma separation. Can be entered as decimal or hexadecimal values.  Each PID specified must be in the range of 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
4478       */
4479      DvbSubPids?: __string;
4480      /**
4481       * Inserts DVB Time and Date Table (TDT) at the specified table repetition interval.
4482       */
4483      DvbTdtSettings?: DvbTdtSettings;
4484      /**
4485       * Packet Identifier (PID) for input source DVB Teletext data to this output. Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value.  Valid values are 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
4486       */
4487      DvbTeletextPid?: __string;
4488      /**
4489       * If set to passthrough, passes any EBIF data from the input source to this output.
4490       */
4491      Ebif?: M2tsEbifControl;
4492      /**
4493       * When videoAndFixedIntervals is selected, audio EBP markers will be added to partitions 3 and 4. The interval between these additional markers will be fixed, and will be slightly shorter than the video EBP marker interval. Only available when EBP Cablelabs segmentation markers are selected.  Partitions 1 and 2 will always follow the video interval.
4494       */
4495      EbpAudioInterval?: M2tsAudioInterval;
4496      /**
4497       * When set, enforces that Encoder Boundary Points do not come within the specified time interval of each other by looking ahead at input video. If another EBP is going to come in within the specified time interval, the current EBP is not emitted, and the segment is "stretched" to the next marker.  The lookahead value does not add latency to the system. The Live Event must be configured elsewhere to create sufficient latency to make the lookahead accurate.
4498       */
4499      EbpLookaheadMs?: __integerMin0Max10000;
4500      /**
4501       * Controls placement of EBP on Audio PIDs. If set to videoAndAudioPids, EBP markers will be placed on the video PID and all audio PIDs.  If set to videoPid, EBP markers will be placed on only the video PID.
4502       */
4503      EbpPlacement?: M2tsEbpPlacement;
4504      /**
4505       * This field is unused and deprecated.
4506       */
4507      EcmPid?: __string;
4508      /**
4509       * Include or exclude the ES Rate field in the PES header.
4510       */
4511      EsRateInPes?: M2tsEsRateInPes;
4512      /**
4513       * Packet Identifier (PID) for input source ETV Platform data to this output. Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value.  Valid values are 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
4514       */
4515      EtvPlatformPid?: __string;
4516      /**
4517       * Packet Identifier (PID) for input source ETV Signal data to this output. Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value.  Valid values are 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
4518       */
4519      EtvSignalPid?: __string;
4520      /**
4521       * The length in seconds of each fragment. Only used with EBP markers.
4522       */
4523      FragmentTime?: __doubleMin0;
4524      /**
4525       * If set to passthrough, passes any KLV data from the input source to this output.
4526       */
4527      Klv?: M2tsKlv;
4528      /**
4529       * Packet Identifier (PID) for input source KLV data to this output. Multiple values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or by comma separation. Can be entered as decimal or hexadecimal values.  Each PID specified must be in the range of 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
4530       */
4531      KlvDataPids?: __string;
4532      /**
4533       * If set to passthrough, Nielsen inaudible tones for media tracking will be detected in the input audio and an equivalent ID3 tag will be inserted in the output.
4534       */
4535      NielsenId3Behavior?: M2tsNielsenId3Behavior;
4536      /**
4537       * Value in bits per second of extra null packets to insert into the transport stream. This can be used if a downstream encryption system requires periodic null packets.
4538       */
4539      NullPacketBitrate?: __doubleMin0;
4540      /**
4541       * The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output transport stream.  Valid values are 0, 10..1000.
4542       */
4543      PatInterval?: __integerMin0Max1000;
4544      /**
4545       * When set to pcrEveryPesPacket, a Program Clock Reference value is inserted for every Packetized Elementary Stream (PES) header. This parameter is effective only when the PCR PID is the same as the video or audio elementary stream.
4546       */
4547      PcrControl?: M2tsPcrControl;
4548      /**
4549       * Maximum time in milliseconds between Program Clock Reference (PCRs) inserted into the transport stream.
4550       */
4551      PcrPeriod?: __integerMin0Max500;
4552      /**
4553       * Packet Identifier (PID) of the Program Clock Reference (PCR) in the transport stream. When no value is given, the encoder will assign the same value as the Video PID. Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value.  Valid values are 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
4554       */
4555      PcrPid?: __string;
4556      /**
4557       * The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output transport stream. Valid values are 0, 10..1000.
4558       */
4559      PmtInterval?: __integerMin0Max1000;
4560      /**
4561       * Packet Identifier (PID) for the Program Map Table (PMT) in the transport stream. Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
4562       */
4563      PmtPid?: __string;
4564      /**
4565       * The value of the program number field in the Program Map Table.
4566       */
4567      ProgramNum?: __integerMin0Max65535;
4568      /**
4569       * When vbr, does not insert null packets into transport stream to fill specified bitrate. The bitrate setting acts as the maximum bitrate when vbr is set.
4570       */
4571      RateMode?: M2tsRateMode;
4572      /**
4573       * Packet Identifier (PID) for input source SCTE-27 data to this output. Multiple values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or by comma separation. Can be entered as decimal or hexadecimal values.  Each PID specified must be in the range of 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
4574       */
4575      Scte27Pids?: __string;
4576      /**
4577       * Optionally pass SCTE-35 signals from the input source to this output.
4578       */
4579      Scte35Control?: M2tsScte35Control;
4580      /**
4581       * Packet Identifier (PID) of the SCTE-35 stream in the transport stream. Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value.  Valid values are 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
4582       */
4583      Scte35Pid?: __string;
4584      /**
4585       * Inserts segmentation markers at each segmentationTime period. raiSegstart sets the Random Access Indicator bit in the adaptation field. raiAdapt sets the RAI bit and adds the current timecode in the private data bytes. psiSegstart inserts PAT and PMT tables at the start of segments. ebp adds Encoder Boundary Point information to the adaptation field as per OpenCable specification OC-SP-EBP-I01-130118. ebpLegacy adds Encoder Boundary Point information to the adaptation field using a legacy proprietary format.
4586       */
4587      SegmentationMarkers?: M2tsSegmentationMarkers;
4588      /**
4589       * The segmentation style parameter controls how segmentation markers are inserted into the transport stream. With avails, it is possible that segments may be truncated, which can influence where future segmentation markers are inserted.
4590  
4591  When a segmentation style of "resetCadence" is selected and a segment is truncated due to an avail, we will reset the segmentation cadence. This means the subsequent segment will have a duration of $segmentationTime seconds.
4592  
4593  When a segmentation style of "maintainCadence" is selected and a segment is truncated due to an avail, we will not reset the segmentation cadence. This means the subsequent segment will likely be truncated as well. However, all segments after that will have a duration of $segmentationTime seconds. Note that EBP lookahead is a slight exception to this rule.
4594       */
4595      SegmentationStyle?: M2tsSegmentationStyle;
4596      /**
4597       * The length in seconds of each segment. Required unless markers is set to _none_.
4598       */
4599      SegmentationTime?: __doubleMin1;
4600      /**
4601       * When set to passthrough, timed metadata will be passed through from input to output.
4602       */
4603      TimedMetadataBehavior?: M2tsTimedMetadataBehavior;
4604      /**
4605       * Packet Identifier (PID) of the timed metadata stream in the transport stream. Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value.  Valid values are 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
4606       */
4607      TimedMetadataPid?: __string;
4608      /**
4609       * The value of the transport stream ID field in the Program Map Table.
4610       */
4611      TransportStreamId?: __integerMin0Max65535;
4612      /**
4613       * Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary video stream in the transport stream. Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value.  Valid values are 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
4614       */
4615      VideoPid?: __string;
4616    }
4617    export type M2tsTimedMetadataBehavior = "NO_PASSTHROUGH"|"PASSTHROUGH"|string;
4618    export type M3u8NielsenId3Behavior = "NO_PASSTHROUGH"|"PASSTHROUGH"|string;
4619    export type M3u8PcrControl = "CONFIGURED_PCR_PERIOD"|"PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET"|string;
4620    export type M3u8Scte35Behavior = "NO_PASSTHROUGH"|"PASSTHROUGH"|string;
4621    export interface M3u8Settings {
4622      /**
4623       * The number of audio frames to insert for each PES packet.
4624       */
4625      AudioFramesPerPes?: __integerMin0;
4626      /**
4627       * Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary audio stream(s) in the transport stream. Multiple values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or by comma separation. Can be entered as decimal or hexadecimal values.
4628       */
4629      AudioPids?: __string;
4630      /**
4631       * This parameter is unused and deprecated.
4632       */
4633      EcmPid?: __string;
4634      /**
4635       * If set to passthrough, Nielsen inaudible tones for media tracking will be detected in the input audio and an equivalent ID3 tag will be inserted in the output.
4636       */
4637      NielsenId3Behavior?: M3u8NielsenId3Behavior;
4638      /**
4639       * The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output transport stream. A value of \"0\" writes out the PMT once per segment file.
4640       */
4641      PatInterval?: __integerMin0Max1000;
4642      /**
4643       * When set to pcrEveryPesPacket, a Program Clock Reference value is inserted for every Packetized Elementary Stream (PES) header. This parameter is effective only when the PCR PID is the same as the video or audio elementary stream.
4644       */
4645      PcrControl?: M3u8PcrControl;
4646      /**
4647       * Maximum time in milliseconds between Program Clock References (PCRs) inserted into the transport stream.
4648       */
4649      PcrPeriod?: __integerMin0Max500;
4650      /**
4651       * Packet Identifier (PID) of the Program Clock Reference (PCR) in the transport stream. When no value is given, the encoder will assign the same value as the Video PID. Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value.
4652       */
4653      PcrPid?: __string;
4654      /**
4655       * The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output transport stream. A value of \"0\" writes out the PMT once per segment file.
4656       */
4657      PmtInterval?: __integerMin0Max1000;
4658      /**
4659       * Packet Identifier (PID) for the Program Map Table (PMT) in the transport stream. Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value.
4660       */
4661      PmtPid?: __string;
4662      /**
4663       * The value of the program number field in the Program Map Table.
4664       */
4665      ProgramNum?: __integerMin0Max65535;
4666      /**
4667       * If set to passthrough, passes any SCTE-35 signals from the input source to this output.
4668       */
4669      Scte35Behavior?: M3u8Scte35Behavior;
4670      /**
4671       * Packet Identifier (PID) of the SCTE-35 stream in the transport stream. Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value.
4672       */
4673      Scte35Pid?: __string;
4674      /**
4675       * When set to passthrough, timed metadata is passed through from input to output.
4676       */
4677      TimedMetadataBehavior?: M3u8TimedMetadataBehavior;
4678      /**
4679       * Packet Identifier (PID) of the timed metadata stream in the transport stream. Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value.  Valid values are 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
4680       */
4681      TimedMetadataPid?: __string;
4682      /**
4683       * The value of the transport stream ID field in the Program Map Table.
4684       */
4685      TransportStreamId?: __integerMin0Max65535;
4686      /**
4687       * Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary video stream in the transport stream. Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value.
4688       */
4689      VideoPid?: __string;
4690    }
4691    export type M3u8TimedMetadataBehavior = "NO_PASSTHROUGH"|"PASSTHROUGH"|string;
4692    export type MaxResults = number;
4693    export interface MediaConnectFlow {
4694      /**
4695       * The unique ARN of the MediaConnect Flow being used as a source.
4696       */
4697      FlowArn?: __string;
4698    }
4699    export interface MediaConnectFlowRequest {
4700      /**
4701       * The ARN of the MediaConnect Flow that you want to use as a source.
4702       */
4703      FlowArn?: __string;
4704    }
4705    export interface MediaPackageGroupSettings {
4706      /**
4707       * MediaPackage channel destination.
4708       */
4709      Destination: OutputLocationRef;
4710    }
4711    export interface MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings {
4712      /**
4713       * ID of the channel in MediaPackage that is the destination for this output group. You do not need to specify the individual inputs in MediaPackage; MediaLive will handle the connection of the two MediaLive pipelines to the two MediaPackage inputs. The MediaPackage channel and MediaLive channel must be in the same region.
4714       */
4715      ChannelId?: __stringMin1;
4716    }
4717    export interface MediaPackageOutputSettings {
4718    }
4719    export interface MotionGraphicsActivateScheduleActionSettings {
4720      /**
4721       * Duration (in milliseconds) that motion graphics should render on to the video stream. Leaving out this property or setting to 0 will result in rendering continuing until a deactivate action is processed.
4722       */
4723      Duration?: __longMin0Max86400000;
4724      /**
4725       * Key used to extract the password from EC2 Parameter store
4726       */
4727      PasswordParam?: __string;
4728      /**
4729       * URI of the HTML5 content to be rendered into the live stream.
4730       */
4731      Url?: __string;
4732      /**
4733       * Documentation update needed
4734       */
4735      Username?: __string;
4736    }
4737    export interface MotionGraphicsConfiguration {
4738      MotionGraphicsInsertion?: MotionGraphicsInsertion;
4739      /**
4740       * Motion Graphics Settings
4741       */
4742      MotionGraphicsSettings: MotionGraphicsSettings;
4743    }
4744    export interface MotionGraphicsDeactivateScheduleActionSettings {
4745    }
4746    export type MotionGraphicsInsertion = "DISABLED"|"ENABLED"|string;
4747    export interface MotionGraphicsSettings {
4748      HtmlMotionGraphicsSettings?: HtmlMotionGraphicsSettings;
4749    }
4750    export type Mp2CodingMode = "CODING_MODE_1_0"|"CODING_MODE_2_0"|string;
4751    export interface Mp2Settings {
4752      /**
4753       * Average bitrate in bits/second.
4754       */
4755      Bitrate?: __double;
4756      /**
4757       * The MPEG2 Audio coding mode.  Valid values are codingMode10 (for mono) or codingMode20 (for stereo).
4758       */
4759      CodingMode?: Mp2CodingMode;
4760      /**
4761       * Sample rate in Hz.
4762       */
4763      SampleRate?: __double;
4764    }
4765    export type Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization = "AUTO"|"HIGH"|"LOW"|"MEDIUM"|"OFF"|string;
4766    export type Mpeg2ColorMetadata = "IGNORE"|"INSERT"|string;
4767    export type Mpeg2ColorSpace = "AUTO"|"PASSTHROUGH"|string;
4768    export type Mpeg2DisplayRatio = "DISPLAYRATIO16X9"|"DISPLAYRATIO4X3"|string;
4769    export interface Mpeg2FilterSettings {
4770      TemporalFilterSettings?: TemporalFilterSettings;
4771    }
4772    export type Mpeg2GopSizeUnits = "FRAMES"|"SECONDS"|string;
4773    export type Mpeg2ScanType = "INTERLACED"|"PROGRESSIVE"|string;
4774    export interface Mpeg2Settings {
4775      /**
4776       * Choose Off to disable adaptive quantization. Or choose another value to enable the quantizer and set its strength. The strengths are: Auto, Off, Low, Medium, High. When you enable this field, MediaLive allows intra-frame quantizers to vary, which might improve visual quality.
4777       */
4778      AdaptiveQuantization?: Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization;
4779      /**
4780       * Indicates the AFD values that MediaLive will write into the video encode. If you do not know what AFD signaling is, or if your downstream system has not given you guidance, choose AUTO.
4781  AUTO: MediaLive will try to preserve the input AFD value (in cases where multiple AFD values are valid).
4782  FIXED: MediaLive will use the value you specify in fixedAFD.
4783       */
4784      AfdSignaling?: AfdSignaling;
4785      /**
4786       * Specifies whether to include the color space metadata. The metadata describes the color space that applies to the video (the colorSpace field). We recommend that you insert the metadata.
4787       */
4788      ColorMetadata?: Mpeg2ColorMetadata;
4789      /**
4790       * Choose the type of color space conversion to apply to the output. For detailed information on setting up both the input and the output to obtain the desired color space in the output, see the section on \"MediaLive Features - Video - color space\" in the MediaLive User Guide.
4791  PASSTHROUGH: Keep the color space of the input content - do not convert it.
4792  AUTO:Convert all content that is SD to rec 601, and convert all content that is HD to rec 709.
4793       */
4794      ColorSpace?: Mpeg2ColorSpace;
4795      /**
4796       * Sets the pixel aspect ratio for the encode.
4797       */
4798      DisplayAspectRatio?: Mpeg2DisplayRatio;
4799      /**
4800       * Optionally specify a noise reduction filter, which can improve quality of compressed content. If you do not choose a filter, no filter will be applied.
4801  TEMPORAL: This filter is useful for both source content that is noisy (when it has excessive digital artifacts) and source content that is clean.
4802  When the content is noisy, the filter cleans up the source content before the encoding phase, with these two effects: First, it improves the output video quality because the content has been cleaned up. Secondly, it decreases the bandwidth because MediaLive does not waste bits on encoding noise.
4803  When the content is reasonably clean, the filter tends to decrease the bitrate.
4804       */
4805      FilterSettings?: Mpeg2FilterSettings;
4806      /**
4807       * Complete this field only when afdSignaling is set to FIXED. Enter the AFD value (4 bits) to write on all frames of the video encode.
4808       */
4809      FixedAfd?: FixedAfd;
4810      /**
4811       * description": "The framerate denominator. For example, 1001. The framerate is the numerator divided by the denominator. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 FPS.
4812       */
4813      FramerateDenominator: __integerMin1;
4814      /**
4815       * The framerate numerator. For example, 24000. The framerate is the numerator divided by the denominator. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 FPS.
4816       */
4817      FramerateNumerator: __integerMin1;
4818      /**
4819       * MPEG2: default is open GOP.
4820       */
4821      GopClosedCadence?: __integerMin0;
4822      /**
4823       * Relates to the GOP structure. The number of B-frames between reference frames. If you do not know what a B-frame is, use the default.
4824       */
4825      GopNumBFrames?: __integerMin0Max7;
4826      /**
4827       * Relates to the GOP structure. The GOP size (keyframe interval) in the units specified in gopSizeUnits. If you do not know what GOP is, use the default.
4828  If gopSizeUnits is frames, then the gopSize must be an integer and must be greater than or equal to 1.
4829  If gopSizeUnits is seconds, the gopSize must be greater than 0, but does not need to be an integer.
4830       */
4831      GopSize?: __double;
4832      /**
4833       * Relates to the GOP structure. Specifies whether the gopSize is specified in frames or seconds. If you do not plan to change the default gopSize, leave the default. If you specify SECONDS, MediaLive will internally convert the gop size to a frame count.
4834       */
4835      GopSizeUnits?: Mpeg2GopSizeUnits;
4836      /**
4837       * Set the scan type of the output to PROGRESSIVE or INTERLACED (top field first).
4838       */
4839      ScanType?: Mpeg2ScanType;
4840      /**
4841       * Relates to the GOP structure. If you do not know what GOP is, use the default.
4842  FIXED: Set the number of B-frames in each sub-GOP to the value in gopNumBFrames.
4843  DYNAMIC: Let MediaLive optimize the number of B-frames in each sub-GOP, to improve visual quality.
4844       */
4845      SubgopLength?: Mpeg2SubGopLength;
4846      /**
4847       * Determines how MediaLive inserts timecodes in the output video. For detailed information about setting up the input and the output for a timecode, see the section on \"MediaLive Features - Timecode configuration\" in the MediaLive User Guide.
4848  DISABLED: do not include timecodes.
4849  GOP_TIMECODE: Include timecode metadata in the GOP header.
4850       */
4851      TimecodeInsertion?: Mpeg2TimecodeInsertionBehavior;
4852    }
4853    export type Mpeg2SubGopLength = "DYNAMIC"|"FIXED"|string;
4854    export type Mpeg2TimecodeInsertionBehavior = "DISABLED"|"GOP_TIMECODE"|string;
4855    export interface MsSmoothGroupSettings {
4856      /**
4857       * The ID to include in each message in the sparse track. Ignored if sparseTrackType is NONE.
4858       */
4859      AcquisitionPointId?: __string;
4860      /**
4861       * If set to passthrough for an audio-only MS Smooth output, the fragment absolute time will be set to the current timecode. This option does not write timecodes to the audio elementary stream.
4862       */
4863      AudioOnlyTimecodeControl?: SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControl;
4864      /**
4865       * If set to verifyAuthenticity, verify the https certificate chain to a trusted Certificate Authority (CA).  This will cause https outputs to self-signed certificates to fail.
4866       */
4867      CertificateMode?: SmoothGroupCertificateMode;
4868      /**
4869       * Number of seconds to wait before retrying connection to the IIS server if the connection is lost. Content will be cached during this time and the cache will be be delivered to the IIS server once the connection is re-established.
4870       */
4871      ConnectionRetryInterval?: __integerMin0;
4872      /**
4873       * Smooth Streaming publish point on an IIS server. Elemental Live acts as a "Push" encoder to IIS.
4874       */
4875      Destination: OutputLocationRef;
4876      /**
4877       * MS Smooth event ID to be sent to the IIS server.
4878  
4879  Should only be specified if eventIdMode is set to useConfigured.
4880       */
4881      EventId?: __string;
4882      /**
4883       * Specifies whether or not to send an event ID to the IIS server. If no event ID is sent and the same Live Event is used without changing the publishing point, clients might see cached video from the previous run.
4884  
4885  Options:
4886  - "useConfigured" - use the value provided in eventId
4887  - "useTimestamp" - generate and send an event ID based on the current timestamp
4888  - "noEventId" - do not send an event ID to the IIS server.
4889       */
4890      EventIdMode?: SmoothGroupEventIdMode;
4891      /**
4892       * When set to sendEos, send EOS signal to IIS server when stopping the event
4893       */
4894      EventStopBehavior?: SmoothGroupEventStopBehavior;
4895      /**
4896       * Size in seconds of file cache for streaming outputs.
4897       */
4898      FilecacheDuration?: __integerMin0;
4899      /**
4900       * Length of mp4 fragments to generate (in seconds). Fragment length must be compatible with GOP size and framerate.
4901       */
4902      FragmentLength?: __integerMin1;
4903      /**
4904       * Parameter that control output group behavior on input loss.
4905       */
4906      InputLossAction?: InputLossActionForMsSmoothOut;
4907      /**
4908       * Number of retry attempts.
4909       */
4910      NumRetries?: __integerMin0;
4911      /**
4912       * Number of seconds before initiating a restart due to output failure, due to exhausting the numRetries on one segment, or exceeding filecacheDuration.
4913       */
4914      RestartDelay?: __integerMin0;
4915      /**
4916       * useInputSegmentation has been deprecated. The configured segment size is always used.
4917       */
4918      SegmentationMode?: SmoothGroupSegmentationMode;
4919      /**
4920       * Number of milliseconds to delay the output from the second pipeline.
4921       */
4922      SendDelayMs?: __integerMin0Max10000;
4923      /**
4924       * Identifies the type of data to place in the sparse track:
4925  - SCTE35: Insert SCTE-35 messages from the source content. With each message, insert an IDR frame to start a new segment.
4926  - SCTE35_WITHOUT_SEGMENTATION: Insert SCTE-35 messages from the source content. With each message, insert an IDR frame but don't start a new segment.
4927  - NONE: Don't generate a sparse track for any outputs in this output group.
4928       */
4929      SparseTrackType?: SmoothGroupSparseTrackType;
4930      /**
4931       * When set to send, send stream manifest so publishing point doesn't start until all streams start.
4932       */
4933      StreamManifestBehavior?: SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehavior;
4934      /**
4935       * Timestamp offset for the event.  Only used if timestampOffsetMode is set to useConfiguredOffset.
4936       */
4937      TimestampOffset?: __string;
4938      /**
4939       * Type of timestamp date offset to use.
4940  - useEventStartDate: Use the date the event was started as the offset
4941  - useConfiguredOffset: Use an explicitly configured date as the offset
4942       */
4943      TimestampOffsetMode?: SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetMode;
4944    }
4945    export type MsSmoothH265PackagingType = "HEV1"|"HVC1"|string;
4946    export interface MsSmoothOutputSettings {
4947      /**
4948       * Only applicable when this output is referencing an H.265 video description.
4949  Specifies whether MP4 segments should be packaged as HEV1 or HVC1.
4950       */
4951      H265PackagingType?: MsSmoothH265PackagingType;
4952      /**
4953       * String concatenated to the end of the destination filename.  Required for multiple outputs of the same type.
4954       */
4955      NameModifier?: __string;
4956    }
4957    export interface Multiplex {
4958      /**
4959       * The unique arn of the multiplex.
4960       */
4961      Arn?: __string;
4962      /**
4963       * A list of availability zones for the multiplex.
4964       */
4965      AvailabilityZones?: __listOf__string;
4966      /**
4967       * A list of the multiplex output destinations.
4968       */
4969      Destinations?: __listOfMultiplexOutputDestination;
4970      /**
4971       * The unique id of the multiplex.
4972       */
4973      Id?: __string;
4974      /**
4975       * Configuration for a multiplex event.
4976       */
4977      MultiplexSettings?: MultiplexSettings;
4978      /**
4979       * The name of the multiplex.
4980       */
4981      Name?: __string;
4982      /**
4983       * The number of currently healthy pipelines.
4984       */
4985      PipelinesRunningCount?: __integer;
4986      /**
4987       * The number of programs in the multiplex.
4988       */
4989      ProgramCount?: __integer;
4990      /**
4991       * The current state of the multiplex.
4992       */
4993      State?: MultiplexState;
4994      /**
4995       * A collection of key-value pairs.
4996       */
4997      Tags?: Tags;
4998    }
4999    export interface MultiplexGroupSettings {
5000    }
5001    export interface MultiplexMediaConnectOutputDestinationSettings {
5002      /**
5003       * The MediaConnect entitlement ARN available as a Flow source.
5004       */
5005      EntitlementArn?: __stringMin1;
5006    }
5007    export interface MultiplexOutputDestination {
5008      /**
5009       * Multiplex MediaConnect output destination settings.
5010       */
5011      MediaConnectSettings?: MultiplexMediaConnectOutputDestinationSettings;
5012    }
5013    export interface MultiplexOutputSettings {
5014      /**
5015       * Destination is a Multiplex.
5016       */
5017      Destination: OutputLocationRef;
5018    }
5019    export interface MultiplexProgram {
5020      /**
5021       * The MediaLive channel associated with the program.
5022       */
5023      ChannelId?: __string;
5024      /**
5025       * The settings for this multiplex program.
5026       */
5027      MultiplexProgramSettings?: MultiplexProgramSettings;
5028      /**
5029       * The packet identifier map for this multiplex program.
5030       */
5031      PacketIdentifiersMap?: MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap;
5032      /**
5033       * Contains information about the current sources for the specified program in the specified multiplex. Keep in mind that each multiplex pipeline connects to both pipelines in a given source channel (the channel identified by the program). But only one of those channel pipelines is ever active at one time.
5034       */
5035      PipelineDetails?: __listOfMultiplexProgramPipelineDetail;
5036      /**
5037       * The name of the multiplex program.
5038       */
5039      ProgramName?: __string;
5040    }
5041    export interface MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings {
5042      /**
5043       * The ID of the Multiplex that the encoder is providing output to. You do not need to specify the individual inputs to the Multiplex; MediaLive will handle the connection of the two MediaLive pipelines to the two Multiplex instances.
5044  The Multiplex must be in the same region as the Channel.
5045       */
5046      MultiplexId?: __stringMin1;
5047      /**
5048       * The program name of the Multiplex program that the encoder is providing output to.
5049       */
5050      ProgramName?: __stringMin1;
5051    }
5052    export interface MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap {
5053      AudioPids?: __listOf__integer;
5054      DvbSubPids?: __listOf__integer;
5055      DvbTeletextPid?: __integer;
5056      EtvPlatformPid?: __integer;
5057      EtvSignalPid?: __integer;
5058      KlvDataPids?: __listOf__integer;
5059      PcrPid?: __integer;
5060      PmtPid?: __integer;
5061      PrivateMetadataPid?: __integer;
5062      Scte27Pids?: __listOf__integer;
5063      Scte35Pid?: __integer;
5064      TimedMetadataPid?: __integer;
5065      VideoPid?: __integer;
5066    }
5067    export interface MultiplexProgramPipelineDetail {
5068      /**
5069       * Identifies the channel pipeline that is currently active for the pipeline (identified by PipelineId) in the multiplex.
5070       */
5071      ActiveChannelPipeline?: __string;
5072      /**
5073       * Identifies a specific pipeline in the multiplex.
5074       */
5075      PipelineId?: __string;
5076    }
5077    export interface MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor {
5078      /**
5079       * Name of the provider.
5080       */
5081      ProviderName: __stringMax256;
5082      /**
5083       * Name of the service.
5084       */
5085      ServiceName: __stringMax256;
5086    }
5087    export interface MultiplexProgramSettings {
5088      /**
5089       * Indicates which pipeline is preferred by the multiplex for program ingest.
5090       */
5091      PreferredChannelPipeline?: PreferredChannelPipeline;
5092      /**
5093       * Unique program number.
5094       */
5095      ProgramNumber: __integerMin0Max65535;
5096      /**
5097       * Transport stream service descriptor configuration for the Multiplex program.
5098       */
5099      ServiceDescriptor?: MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor;
5100      /**
5101       * Program video settings configuration.
5102       */
5103      VideoSettings?: MultiplexVideoSettings;
5104    }
5105    export interface MultiplexProgramSummary {
5106      /**
5107       * The MediaLive Channel associated with the program.
5108       */
5109      ChannelId?: __string;
5110      /**
5111       * The name of the multiplex program.
5112       */
5113      ProgramName?: __string;
5114    }
5115    export interface MultiplexSettings {
5116      /**
5117       * Maximum video buffer delay in milliseconds.
5118       */
5119      MaximumVideoBufferDelayMilliseconds?: __integerMin800Max3000;
5120      /**
5121       * Transport stream bit rate.
5122       */
5123      TransportStreamBitrate: __integerMin1000000Max100000000;
5124      /**
5125       * Transport stream ID.
5126       */
5127      TransportStreamId: __integerMin0Max65535;
5128      /**
5129       * Transport stream reserved bit rate.
5130       */
5131      TransportStreamReservedBitrate?: __integerMin0Max100000000;
5132    }
5133    export interface MultiplexSettingsSummary {
5134      /**
5135       * Transport stream bit rate.
5136       */
5137      TransportStreamBitrate?: __integerMin1000000Max100000000;
5138    }
5139    export type MultiplexState = "CREATING"|"CREATE_FAILED"|"IDLE"|"STARTING"|"RUNNING"|"RECOVERING"|"STOPPING"|"DELETING"|"DELETED"|string;
5140    export interface MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings {
5141      /**
5142       * Maximum statmux bitrate.
5143       */
5144      MaximumBitrate?: __integerMin100000Max100000000;
5145      /**
5146       * Minimum statmux bitrate.
5147       */
5148      MinimumBitrate?: __integerMin100000Max100000000;
5149      /**
5150       * The purpose of the priority is to use a combination of the\nmultiplex rate control algorithm and the QVBR capability of the\nencoder to prioritize the video quality of some channels in a\nmultiplex over others.  Channels that have a higher priority will\nget higher video quality at the expense of the video quality of\nother channels in the multiplex with lower priority.
5151       */
5152      Priority?: __integerMinNegative5Max5;
5153    }
5154    export interface MultiplexSummary {
5155      /**
5156       * The unique arn of the multiplex.
5157       */
5158      Arn?: __string;
5159      /**
5160       * A list of availability zones for the multiplex.
5161       */
5162      AvailabilityZones?: __listOf__string;
5163      /**
5164       * The unique id of the multiplex.
5165       */
5166      Id?: __string;
5167      /**
5168       * Configuration for a multiplex event.
5169       */
5170      MultiplexSettings?: MultiplexSettingsSummary;
5171      /**
5172       * The name of the multiplex.
5173       */
5174      Name?: __string;
5175      /**
5176       * The number of currently healthy pipelines.
5177       */
5178      PipelinesRunningCount?: __integer;
5179      /**
5180       * The number of programs in the multiplex.
5181       */
5182      ProgramCount?: __integer;
5183      /**
5184       * The current state of the multiplex.
5185       */
5186      State?: MultiplexState;
5187      /**
5188       * A collection of key-value pairs.
5189       */
5190      Tags?: Tags;
5191    }
5192    export interface MultiplexVideoSettings {
5193      /**
5194       * The constant bitrate configuration for the video encode.
5195  When this field is defined, StatmuxSettings must be undefined.
5196       */
5197      ConstantBitrate?: __integerMin100000Max100000000;
5198      /**
5199       * Statmux rate control settings.
5200  When this field is defined, ConstantBitrate must be undefined.
5201       */
5202      StatmuxSettings?: MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings;
5203    }
5204    export type NetworkInputServerValidation = "CHECK_CRYPTOGRAPHY_AND_VALIDATE_NAME"|"CHECK_CRYPTOGRAPHY_ONLY"|string;
5205    export interface NetworkInputSettings {
5206      /**
5207       * Specifies HLS input settings when the uri is for a HLS manifest.
5208       */
5209      HlsInputSettings?: HlsInputSettings;
5210      /**
5211       * Check HTTPS server certificates. When set to checkCryptographyOnly, cryptography in the certificate will be checked, but not the server's name. Certain subdomains (notably S3 buckets that use dots in the bucket name) do not strictly match the corresponding certificate's wildcard pattern and would otherwise cause the event to error. This setting is ignored for protocols that do not use https.
5212       */
5213      ServerValidation?: NetworkInputServerValidation;
5214    }
5215    export interface NielsenConfiguration {
5216      /**
5217       * Enter the Distributor ID assigned to your organization by Nielsen.
5218       */
5219      DistributorId?: __string;
5220      /**
5221       * Enables Nielsen PCM to ID3 tagging
5222       */
5223      NielsenPcmToId3Tagging?: NielsenPcmToId3TaggingState;
5224    }
5225    export type NielsenPcmToId3TaggingState = "DISABLED"|"ENABLED"|string;
5226    export interface Offering {
5227      /**
5228       * Unique offering ARN, e.g. 'arn:aws:medialive:us-west-2:123456789012:offering:87654321'
5229       */
5230      Arn?: __string;
5231      /**
5232       * Currency code for usagePrice and fixedPrice in ISO-4217 format, e.g. 'USD'
5233       */
5234      CurrencyCode?: __string;
5235      /**
5236       * Lease duration, e.g. '12'
5237       */
5238      Duration?: __integer;
5239      /**
5240       * Units for duration, e.g. 'MONTHS'
5241       */
5242      DurationUnits?: OfferingDurationUnits;
5243      /**
5244       * One-time charge for each reserved resource, e.g. '0.0' for a NO_UPFRONT offering
5245       */
5246      FixedPrice?: __double;
5247      /**
5248       * Offering description, e.g. 'HD AVC output at 10-20 Mbps, 30 fps, and standard VQ in US West (Oregon)'
5249       */
5250      OfferingDescription?: __string;
5251      /**
5252       * Unique offering ID, e.g. '87654321'
5253       */
5254      OfferingId?: __string;
5255      /**
5256       * Offering type, e.g. 'NO_UPFRONT'
5257       */
5258      OfferingType?: OfferingType;
5259      /**
5260       * AWS region, e.g. 'us-west-2'
5261       */
5262      Region?: __string;
5263      /**
5264       * Resource configuration details
5265       */
5266      ResourceSpecification?: ReservationResourceSpecification;
5267      /**
5268       * Recurring usage charge for each reserved resource, e.g. '157.0'
5269       */
5270      UsagePrice?: __double;
5271    }
5272    export type OfferingDurationUnits = "MONTHS"|string;
5273    export type OfferingType = "NO_UPFRONT"|string;
5274    export interface Output {
5275      /**
5276       * The names of the AudioDescriptions used as audio sources for this output.
5277       */
5278      AudioDescriptionNames?: __listOf__string;
5279      /**
5280       * The names of the CaptionDescriptions used as caption sources for this output.
5281       */
5282      CaptionDescriptionNames?: __listOf__string;
5283      /**
5284       * The name used to identify an output.
5285       */
5286      OutputName?: __stringMin1Max255;
5287      /**
5288       * Output type-specific settings.
5289       */
5290      OutputSettings: OutputSettings;
5291      /**
5292       * The name of the VideoDescription used as the source for this output.
5293       */
5294      VideoDescriptionName?: __string;
5295    }
5296    export interface OutputDestination {
5297      /**
5298       * User-specified id. This is used in an output group or an output.
5299       */
5300      Id?: __string;
5301      /**
5302       * Destination settings for a MediaPackage output; one destination for both encoders.
5303       */
5304      MediaPackageSettings?: __listOfMediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings;
5305      /**
5306       * Destination settings for a Multiplex output; one destination for both encoders.
5307       */
5308      MultiplexSettings?: MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings;
5309      /**
5310       * Destination settings for a standard output; one destination for each redundant encoder.
5311       */
5312      Settings?: __listOfOutputDestinationSettings;
5313    }
5314    export interface OutputDestinationSettings {
5315      /**
5316       * key used to extract the password from EC2 Parameter store
5317       */
5318      PasswordParam?: __string;
5319      /**
5320       * Stream name for RTMP destinations (URLs of type rtmp://)
5321       */
5322      StreamName?: __string;
5323      /**
5324       * A URL specifying a destination
5325       */
5326      Url?: __string;
5327      /**
5328       * username for destination
5329       */
5330      Username?: __string;
5331    }
5332    export interface OutputGroup {
5333      /**
5334       * Custom output group name optionally defined by the user.  Only letters, numbers, and the underscore character allowed; only 32 characters allowed.
5335       */
5336      Name?: __stringMax32;
5337      /**
5338       * Settings associated with the output group.
5339       */
5340      OutputGroupSettings: OutputGroupSettings;
5341      Outputs: __listOfOutput;
5342    }
5343    export interface OutputGroupSettings {
5344      ArchiveGroupSettings?: ArchiveGroupSettings;
5345      FrameCaptureGroupSettings?: FrameCaptureGroupSettings;
5346      HlsGroupSettings?: HlsGroupSettings;
5347      MediaPackageGroupSettings?: MediaPackageGroupSettings;
5348      MsSmoothGroupSettings?: MsSmoothGroupSettings;
5349      MultiplexGroupSettings?: MultiplexGroupSettings;
5350      RtmpGroupSettings?: RtmpGroupSettings;
5351      UdpGroupSettings?: UdpGroupSettings;
5352    }
5353    export interface OutputLocationRef {
5354      DestinationRefId?: __string;
5355    }
5356    export interface OutputSettings {
5357      ArchiveOutputSettings?: ArchiveOutputSettings;
5358      FrameCaptureOutputSettings?: FrameCaptureOutputSettings;
5359      HlsOutputSettings?: HlsOutputSettings;
5360      MediaPackageOutputSettings?: MediaPackageOutputSettings;
5361      MsSmoothOutputSettings?: MsSmoothOutputSettings;
5362      MultiplexOutputSettings?: MultiplexOutputSettings;
5363      RtmpOutputSettings?: RtmpOutputSettings;
5364      UdpOutputSettings?: UdpOutputSettings;
5365    }
5366    export interface PassThroughSettings {
5367    }
5368    export interface PauseStateScheduleActionSettings {
5369      Pipelines?: __listOfPipelinePauseStateSettings;
5370    }
5371    export interface PipelineDetail {
5372      /**
5373       * The name of the active input attachment currently being ingested by this pipeline.
5374       */
5375      ActiveInputAttachmentName?: __string;
5376      /**
5377       * The name of the input switch schedule action that occurred most recently and that resulted in the switch to the current input attachment for this pipeline.
5378       */
5379      ActiveInputSwitchActionName?: __string;
5380      /**
5381       * The name of the motion graphics activate action that occurred most recently and that resulted in the current graphics URI for this pipeline.
5382       */
5383      ActiveMotionGraphicsActionName?: __string;
5384      /**
5385       * The current URI being used for HTML5 motion graphics for this pipeline.
5386       */
5387      ActiveMotionGraphicsUri?: __string;
5388      /**
5389       * Pipeline ID
5390       */
5391      PipelineId?: __string;
5392    }
5393    export type PipelineId = "PIPELINE_0"|"PIPELINE_1"|string;
5394    export interface PipelinePauseStateSettings {
5395      /**
5396       * Pipeline ID to pause ("PIPELINE_0" or "PIPELINE_1").
5397       */
5398      PipelineId: PipelineId;
5399    }
5400    export type PreferredChannelPipeline = "CURRENTLY_ACTIVE"|"PIPELINE_0"|"PIPELINE_1"|string;
5401    export interface PurchaseOfferingRequest {
5402      /**
5403       * Number of resources
5404       */
5405      Count: __integerMin1;
5406      /**
5407       * Name for the new reservation
5408       */
5409      Name?: __string;
5410      /**
5411       * Offering to purchase, e.g. '87654321'
5412       */
5413      OfferingId: __string;
5414      /**
5415       * Unique request ID to be specified. This is needed to prevent retries from creating multiple resources.
5416       */
5417      RequestId?: __string;
5418      /**
5419       * Requested reservation start time (UTC) in ISO-8601 format. The specified time must be between the first day of the current month and one year from now. If no value is given, the default is now.
5420       */
5421      Start?: __string;
5422      /**
5423       * A collection of key-value pairs
5424       */
5425      Tags?: Tags;
5426    }
5427    export interface PurchaseOfferingResponse {
5428      Reservation?: Reservation;
5429    }
5430    export interface RawSettings {
5431    }
5432    export interface Rec601Settings {
5433    }
5434    export interface Rec709Settings {
5435    }
5436    export interface RejectInputDeviceTransferRequest {
5437      /**
5438       * The unique ID of the input device to reject. For example, hd-123456789abcdef.
5439       */
5440      InputDeviceId: __string;
5441    }
5442    export interface RejectInputDeviceTransferResponse {
5443    }
5444    export interface RemixSettings {
5445      /**
5446       * Mapping of input channels to output channels, with appropriate gain adjustments.
5447       */
5448      ChannelMappings: __listOfAudioChannelMapping;
5449      /**
5450       * Number of input channels to be used.
5451       */
5452      ChannelsIn?: __integerMin1Max16;
5453      /**
5454       * Number of output channels to be produced.
5455  Valid values: 1, 2, 4, 6, 8
5456       */
5457      ChannelsOut?: __integerMin1Max8;
5458    }
5459    export interface Reservation {
5460      /**
5461       * Unique reservation ARN, e.g. 'arn:aws:medialive:us-west-2:123456789012:reservation:1234567'
5462       */
5463      Arn?: __string;
5464      /**
5465       * Number of reserved resources
5466       */
5467      Count?: __integer;
5468      /**
5469       * Currency code for usagePrice and fixedPrice in ISO-4217 format, e.g. 'USD'
5470       */
5471      CurrencyCode?: __string;
5472      /**
5473       * Lease duration, e.g. '12'
5474       */
5475      Duration?: __integer;
5476      /**
5477       * Units for duration, e.g. 'MONTHS'
5478       */
5479      DurationUnits?: OfferingDurationUnits;
5480      /**
5481       * Reservation UTC end date and time in ISO-8601 format, e.g. '2019-03-01T00:00:00'
5482       */
5483      End?: __string;
5484      /**
5485       * One-time charge for each reserved resource, e.g. '0.0' for a NO_UPFRONT offering
5486       */
5487      FixedPrice?: __double;
5488      /**
5489       * User specified reservation name
5490       */
5491      Name?: __string;
5492      /**
5493       * Offering description, e.g. 'HD AVC output at 10-20 Mbps, 30 fps, and standard VQ in US West (Oregon)'
5494       */
5495      OfferingDescription?: __string;
5496      /**
5497       * Unique offering ID, e.g. '87654321'
5498       */
5499      OfferingId?: __string;
5500      /**
5501       * Offering type, e.g. 'NO_UPFRONT'
5502       */
5503      OfferingType?: OfferingType;
5504      /**
5505       * AWS region, e.g. 'us-west-2'
5506       */
5507      Region?: __string;
5508      /**
5509       * Unique reservation ID, e.g. '1234567'
5510       */
5511      ReservationId?: __string;
5512      /**
5513       * Resource configuration details
5514       */
5515      ResourceSpecification?: ReservationResourceSpecification;
5516      /**
5517       * Reservation UTC start date and time in ISO-8601 format, e.g. '2018-03-01T00:00:00'
5518       */
5519      Start?: __string;
5520      /**
5521       * Current state of reservation, e.g. 'ACTIVE'
5522       */
5523      State?: ReservationState;
5524      /**
5525       * A collection of key-value pairs
5526       */
5527      Tags?: Tags;
5528      /**
5529       * Recurring usage charge for each reserved resource, e.g. '157.0'
5530       */
5531      UsagePrice?: __double;
5532    }
5533    export type ReservationCodec = "MPEG2"|"AVC"|"HEVC"|"AUDIO"|"LINK"|string;
5534    export type ReservationMaximumBitrate = "MAX_10_MBPS"|"MAX_20_MBPS"|"MAX_50_MBPS"|string;
5535    export type ReservationMaximumFramerate = "MAX_30_FPS"|"MAX_60_FPS"|string;
5536    export type ReservationResolution = "SD"|"HD"|"FHD"|"UHD"|string;
5537    export interface ReservationResourceSpecification {
5538      /**
5539       * Channel class, e.g. 'STANDARD'
5540       */
5541      ChannelClass?: ChannelClass;
5542      /**
5543       * Codec, e.g. 'AVC'
5544       */
5545      Codec?: ReservationCodec;
5546      /**
5547       * Maximum bitrate, e.g. 'MAX_20_MBPS'
5548       */
5549      MaximumBitrate?: ReservationMaximumBitrate;
5550      /**
5551       * Maximum framerate, e.g. 'MAX_30_FPS' (Outputs only)
5552       */
5553      MaximumFramerate?: ReservationMaximumFramerate;
5554      /**
5555       * Resolution, e.g. 'HD'
5556       */
5557      Resolution?: ReservationResolution;
5558      /**
5559       * Resource type, 'INPUT', 'OUTPUT', 'MULTIPLEX', or 'CHANNEL'
5560       */
5561      ResourceType?: ReservationResourceType;
5562      /**
5563       * Special feature, e.g. 'AUDIO_NORMALIZATION' (Channels only)
5564       */
5565      SpecialFeature?: ReservationSpecialFeature;
5566      /**
5567       * Video quality, e.g. 'STANDARD' (Outputs only)
5568       */
5569      VideoQuality?: ReservationVideoQuality;
5570    }
5571    export type ReservationResourceType = "INPUT"|"OUTPUT"|"MULTIPLEX"|"CHANNEL"|string;
5572    export type ReservationSpecialFeature = "ADVANCED_AUDIO"|"AUDIO_NORMALIZATION"|"MGHD"|"MGUHD"|string;
5573    export type ReservationState = "ACTIVE"|"EXPIRED"|"CANCELED"|"DELETED"|string;
5574    export type ReservationVideoQuality = "STANDARD"|"ENHANCED"|"PREMIUM"|string;
5575    export type RtmpAdMarkers = "ON_CUE_POINT_SCTE35"|string;
5576    export type RtmpCacheFullBehavior = "DISCONNECT_IMMEDIATELY"|"WAIT_FOR_SERVER"|string;
5577    export type RtmpCaptionData = "ALL"|"FIELD1_608"|"FIELD1_AND_FIELD2_608"|string;
5578    export interface RtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings {
5579    }
5580    export interface RtmpGroupSettings {
5581      /**
5582       * Choose the ad marker type for this output group. MediaLive will create a message based on the content of each SCTE-35 message, format it for that marker type, and insert it in the datastream.
5583       */
5584      AdMarkers?: __listOfRtmpAdMarkers;
5585      /**
5586       * Authentication scheme to use when connecting with CDN
5587       */
5588      AuthenticationScheme?: AuthenticationScheme;
5589      /**
5590       * Controls behavior when content cache fills up. If remote origin server stalls the RTMP connection and does not accept content fast enough the 'Media Cache' will fill up. When the cache reaches the duration specified by cacheLength the cache will stop accepting new content. If set to disconnectImmediately, the RTMP output will force a disconnect. Clear the media cache, and reconnect after restartDelay seconds. If set to waitForServer, the RTMP output will wait up to 5 minutes to allow the origin server to begin accepting data again.
5591       */
5592      CacheFullBehavior?: RtmpCacheFullBehavior;
5593      /**
5594       * Cache length, in seconds, is used to calculate buffer size.
5595       */
5596      CacheLength?: __integerMin30;
5597      /**
5598       * Controls the types of data that passes to onCaptionInfo outputs.  If set to 'all' then 608 and 708 carried DTVCC data will be passed.  If set to 'field1AndField2608' then DTVCC data will be stripped out, but 608 data from both fields will be passed. If set to 'field1608' then only the data carried in 608 from field 1 video will be passed.
5599       */
5600      CaptionData?: RtmpCaptionData;
5601      /**
5602       * Controls the behavior of this RTMP group if input becomes unavailable.
5603  
5604  - emitOutput: Emit a slate until input returns.
5605  - pauseOutput: Stop transmitting data until input returns. This does not close the underlying RTMP connection.
5606       */
5607      InputLossAction?: InputLossActionForRtmpOut;
5608      /**
5609       * If a streaming output fails, number of seconds to wait until a restart is initiated. A value of 0 means never restart.
5610       */
5611      RestartDelay?: __integerMin0;
5612    }
5613    export type RtmpOutputCertificateMode = "SELF_SIGNED"|"VERIFY_AUTHENTICITY"|string;
5614    export interface RtmpOutputSettings {
5615      /**
5616       * If set to verifyAuthenticity, verify the tls certificate chain to a trusted Certificate Authority (CA).  This will cause rtmps outputs with self-signed certificates to fail.
5617       */
5618      CertificateMode?: RtmpOutputCertificateMode;
5619      /**
5620       * Number of seconds to wait before retrying a connection to the Flash Media server if the connection is lost.
5621       */
5622      ConnectionRetryInterval?: __integerMin1;
5623      /**
5624       * The RTMP endpoint excluding the stream name (eg. rtmp://host/appname). For connection to Akamai, a username and password must be supplied. URI fields accept format identifiers.
5625       */
5626      Destination: OutputLocationRef;
5627      /**
5628       * Number of retry attempts.
5629       */
5630      NumRetries?: __integerMin0;
5631    }
5632    export type S3CannedAcl = "AUTHENTICATED_READ"|"BUCKET_OWNER_FULL_CONTROL"|"BUCKET_OWNER_READ"|"PUBLIC_READ"|string;
5633    export interface ScheduleAction {
5634      /**
5635       * The name of the action, must be unique within the schedule. This name provides the main reference to an action once it is added to the schedule. A name is unique if it is no longer in the schedule. The schedule is automatically cleaned up to remove actions with a start time of more than 1 hour ago (approximately) so at that point a name can be reused.
5636       */
5637      ActionName: __string;
5638      /**
5639       * Settings for this schedule action.
5640       */
5641      ScheduleActionSettings: ScheduleActionSettings;
5642      /**
5643       * The time for the action to start in the channel.
5644       */
5645      ScheduleActionStartSettings: ScheduleActionStartSettings;
5646    }
5647    export interface ScheduleActionSettings {
5648      /**
5649       * Action to insert HLS ID3 segment tagging
5650       */
5651      HlsId3SegmentTaggingSettings?: HlsId3SegmentTaggingScheduleActionSettings;
5652      /**
5653       * Action to insert HLS metadata
5654       */
5655      HlsTimedMetadataSettings?: HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings;
5656      /**
5657       * Action to prepare an input for a future immediate input switch
5658       */
5659      InputPrepareSettings?: InputPrepareScheduleActionSettings;
5660      /**
5661       * Action to switch the input
5662       */
5663      InputSwitchSettings?: InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings;
5664      /**
5665       * Action to activate a motion graphics image overlay
5666       */
5667      MotionGraphicsImageActivateSettings?: MotionGraphicsActivateScheduleActionSettings;
5668      /**
5669       * Action to deactivate a motion graphics image overlay
5670       */
5671      MotionGraphicsImageDeactivateSettings?: MotionGraphicsDeactivateScheduleActionSettings;
5672      /**
5673       * Action to pause or unpause one or both channel pipelines
5674       */
5675      PauseStateSettings?: PauseStateScheduleActionSettings;
5676      /**
5677       * Action to insert SCTE-35 return_to_network message
5678       */
5679      Scte35ReturnToNetworkSettings?: Scte35ReturnToNetworkScheduleActionSettings;
5680      /**
5681       * Action to insert SCTE-35 splice_insert message
5682       */
5683      Scte35SpliceInsertSettings?: Scte35SpliceInsertScheduleActionSettings;
5684      /**
5685       * Action to insert SCTE-35 time_signal message
5686       */
5687      Scte35TimeSignalSettings?: Scte35TimeSignalScheduleActionSettings;
5688      /**
5689       * Action to activate a static image overlay
5690       */
5691      StaticImageActivateSettings?: StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings;
5692      /**
5693       * Action to deactivate a static image overlay
5694       */
5695      StaticImageDeactivateSettings?: StaticImageDeactivateScheduleActionSettings;
5696    }
5697    export interface ScheduleActionStartSettings {
5698      /**
5699       * Option for specifying the start time for an action.
5700       */
5701      FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings?: FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings;
5702      /**
5703       * Option for specifying an action as relative to another action.
5704       */
5705      FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings?: FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings;
5706      /**
5707       * Option for specifying an action that should be applied immediately.
5708       */
5709      ImmediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings?: ImmediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings;
5710    }
5711    export type Scte20Convert608To708 = "DISABLED"|"UPCONVERT"|string;
5712    export interface Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings {
5713    }
5714    export interface Scte20SourceSettings {
5715      /**
5716       * If upconvert, 608 data is both passed through via the "608 compatibility bytes" fields of the 708 wrapper as well as translated into 708. 708 data present in the source content will be discarded.
5717       */
5718      Convert608To708?: Scte20Convert608To708;
5719      /**
5720       * Specifies the 608/708 channel number within the video track from which to extract captions. Unused for passthrough.
5721       */
5722      Source608ChannelNumber?: __integerMin1Max4;
5723    }
5724    export interface Scte27DestinationSettings {
5725    }
5726    export type Scte27OcrLanguage = "DEU"|"ENG"|"FRA"|"NLD"|"POR"|"SPA"|string;
5727    export interface Scte27SourceSettings {
5728      /**
5729       * If you will configure a WebVTT caption description that references this caption selector, use this field to
5730  provide the language to consider when translating the image-based source to text.
5731       */
5732      OcrLanguage?: Scte27OcrLanguage;
5733      /**
5734       * The pid field is used in conjunction with the caption selector languageCode field as follows:
5735    - Specify PID and Language: Extracts captions from that PID; the language is "informational".
5736    - Specify PID and omit Language: Extracts the specified PID.
5737    - Omit PID and specify Language: Extracts the specified language, whichever PID that happens to be.
5738    - Omit PID and omit Language: Valid only if source is DVB-Sub that is being passed through; all languages will be passed through.
5739       */
5740      Pid?: __integerMin1;
5741    }
5742    export type Scte35AposNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior = "FOLLOW"|"IGNORE"|string;
5743    export type Scte35AposWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior = "FOLLOW"|"IGNORE"|string;
5744    export type Scte35ArchiveAllowedFlag = "ARCHIVE_NOT_ALLOWED"|"ARCHIVE_ALLOWED"|string;
5745    export interface Scte35DeliveryRestrictions {
5746      /**
5747       * Corresponds to SCTE-35 archive_allowed_flag.
5748       */
5749      ArchiveAllowedFlag: Scte35ArchiveAllowedFlag;
5750      /**
5751       * Corresponds to SCTE-35 device_restrictions parameter.
5752       */
5753      DeviceRestrictions: Scte35DeviceRestrictions;
5754      /**
5755       * Corresponds to SCTE-35 no_regional_blackout_flag parameter.
5756       */
5757      NoRegionalBlackoutFlag: Scte35NoRegionalBlackoutFlag;
5758      /**
5759       * Corresponds to SCTE-35 web_delivery_allowed_flag parameter.
5760       */
5761      WebDeliveryAllowedFlag: Scte35WebDeliveryAllowedFlag;
5762    }
5763    export interface Scte35Descriptor {
5764      /**
5765       * SCTE-35 Descriptor Settings.
5766       */
5767      Scte35DescriptorSettings: Scte35DescriptorSettings;
5768    }
5769    export interface Scte35DescriptorSettings {
5770      /**
5771       * SCTE-35 Segmentation Descriptor.
5772       */
5773      SegmentationDescriptorScte35DescriptorSettings: Scte35SegmentationDescriptor;
5774    }
5775    export type Scte35DeviceRestrictions = "NONE"|"RESTRICT_GROUP0"|"RESTRICT_GROUP1"|"RESTRICT_GROUP2"|string;
5776    export type Scte35NoRegionalBlackoutFlag = "REGIONAL_BLACKOUT"|"NO_REGIONAL_BLACKOUT"|string;
5777    export interface Scte35ReturnToNetworkScheduleActionSettings {
5778      /**
5779       * The splice_event_id for the SCTE-35 splice_insert, as defined in SCTE-35.
5780       */
5781      SpliceEventId: __longMin0Max4294967295;
5782    }
5783    export type Scte35SegmentationCancelIndicator = "SEGMENTATION_EVENT_NOT_CANCELED"|"SEGMENTATION_EVENT_CANCELED"|string;
5784    export interface Scte35SegmentationDescriptor {
5785      /**
5786       * Holds the four SCTE-35 delivery restriction parameters.
5787       */
5788      DeliveryRestrictions?: Scte35DeliveryRestrictions;
5789      /**
5790       * Corresponds to SCTE-35 segment_num. A value that is valid for the specified segmentation_type_id.
5791       */
5792      SegmentNum?: __integerMin0Max255;
5793      /**
5794       * Corresponds to SCTE-35 segmentation_event_cancel_indicator.
5795       */
5796      SegmentationCancelIndicator: Scte35SegmentationCancelIndicator;
5797      /**
5798       * Corresponds to SCTE-35 segmentation_duration. Optional. The duration for the time_signal, in 90 KHz ticks. To convert seconds to ticks, multiple the seconds by 90,000. Enter time in 90 KHz clock ticks. If you do not enter a duration, the time_signal will continue until you insert a cancellation message.
5799       */
5800      SegmentationDuration?: __longMin0Max1099511627775;
5801      /**
5802       * Corresponds to SCTE-35 segmentation_event_id. 
5803       */
5804      SegmentationEventId: __longMin0Max4294967295;
5805      /**
5806       * Corresponds to SCTE-35 segmentation_type_id. One of the segmentation_type_id values listed in the SCTE-35 specification. On the console, enter the ID in decimal (for example, "52"). In the CLI, API, or an SDK, enter the ID in hex (for example, "0x34") or decimal (for example, "52").
5807       */
5808      SegmentationTypeId?: __integerMin0Max255;
5809      /**
5810       * Corresponds to SCTE-35 segmentation_upid. Enter a string containing the hexadecimal representation of the characters that make up the SCTE-35 segmentation_upid value. Must contain an even number of hex characters. Do not include spaces between each hex pair. For example, the ASCII "ADS Information" becomes hex "41445320496e666f726d6174696f6e.
5811       */
5812      SegmentationUpid?: __string;
5813      /**
5814       * Corresponds to SCTE-35 segmentation_upid_type. On the console, enter one of the types listed in the SCTE-35 specification, converted to a decimal. For example, "0x0C" hex from the specification is "12" in decimal. In the CLI, API, or an SDK, enter one of the types listed in the SCTE-35 specification, in either hex (for example, "0x0C" ) or in decimal (for example, "12").
5815       */
5816      SegmentationUpidType?: __integerMin0Max255;
5817      /**
5818       * Corresponds to SCTE-35 segments_expected. A value that is valid for the specified segmentation_type_id.
5819       */
5820      SegmentsExpected?: __integerMin0Max255;
5821      /**
5822       * Corresponds to SCTE-35 sub_segment_num. A value that is valid for the specified segmentation_type_id.
5823       */
5824      SubSegmentNum?: __integerMin0Max255;
5825      /**
5826       * Corresponds to SCTE-35 sub_segments_expected. A value that is valid for the specified segmentation_type_id.
5827       */
5828      SubSegmentsExpected?: __integerMin0Max255;
5829    }
5830    export interface Scte35SpliceInsert {
5831      /**
5832       * When specified, this offset (in milliseconds) is added to the input Ad Avail PTS time. This only applies to embedded SCTE 104/35 messages and does not apply to OOB messages.
5833       */
5834      AdAvailOffset?: __integerMinNegative1000Max1000;
5835      /**
5836       * When set to ignore, Segment Descriptors with noRegionalBlackoutFlag set to 0 will no longer trigger blackouts or Ad Avail slates
5837       */
5838      NoRegionalBlackoutFlag?: Scte35SpliceInsertNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior;
5839      /**
5840       * When set to ignore, Segment Descriptors with webDeliveryAllowedFlag set to 0 will no longer trigger blackouts or Ad Avail slates
5841       */
5842      WebDeliveryAllowedFlag?: Scte35SpliceInsertWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior;
5843    }
5844    export type Scte35SpliceInsertNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior = "FOLLOW"|"IGNORE"|string;
5845    export interface Scte35SpliceInsertScheduleActionSettings {
5846      /**
5847       * Optional, the duration for the splice_insert, in 90 KHz ticks. To convert seconds to ticks, multiple the seconds by 90,000. If you enter a duration, there is an expectation that the downstream system can read the duration and cue in at that time. If you do not enter a duration, the splice_insert will continue indefinitely and there is an expectation that you will enter a return_to_network to end the splice_insert at the appropriate time.
5848       */
5849      Duration?: __longMin0Max8589934591;
5850      /**
5851       * The splice_event_id for the SCTE-35 splice_insert, as defined in SCTE-35.
5852       */
5853      SpliceEventId: __longMin0Max4294967295;
5854    }
5855    export type Scte35SpliceInsertWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior = "FOLLOW"|"IGNORE"|string;
5856    export interface Scte35TimeSignalApos {
5857      /**
5858       * When specified, this offset (in milliseconds) is added to the input Ad Avail PTS time. This only applies to embedded SCTE 104/35 messages and does not apply to OOB messages.
5859       */
5860      AdAvailOffset?: __integerMinNegative1000Max1000;
5861      /**
5862       * When set to ignore, Segment Descriptors with noRegionalBlackoutFlag set to 0 will no longer trigger blackouts or Ad Avail slates
5863       */
5864      NoRegionalBlackoutFlag?: Scte35AposNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior;
5865      /**
5866       * When set to ignore, Segment Descriptors with webDeliveryAllowedFlag set to 0 will no longer trigger blackouts or Ad Avail slates
5867       */
5868      WebDeliveryAllowedFlag?: Scte35AposWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior;
5869    }
5870    export interface Scte35TimeSignalScheduleActionSettings {
5871      /**
5872       * The list of SCTE-35 descriptors accompanying the SCTE-35 time_signal.
5873       */
5874      Scte35Descriptors: __listOfScte35Descriptor;
5875    }
5876    export type Scte35WebDeliveryAllowedFlag = "WEB_DELIVERY_NOT_ALLOWED"|"WEB_DELIVERY_ALLOWED"|string;
5877    export type SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControl = "PASSTHROUGH"|"USE_CONFIGURED_CLOCK"|string;
5878    export type SmoothGroupCertificateMode = "SELF_SIGNED"|"VERIFY_AUTHENTICITY"|string;
5879    export type SmoothGroupEventIdMode = "NO_EVENT_ID"|"USE_CONFIGURED"|"USE_TIMESTAMP"|string;
5880    export type SmoothGroupEventStopBehavior = "NONE"|"SEND_EOS"|string;
5881    export type SmoothGroupSegmentationMode = "USE_INPUT_SEGMENTATION"|"USE_SEGMENT_DURATION"|string;
5882    export type SmoothGroupSparseTrackType = "NONE"|"SCTE_35"|"SCTE_35_WITHOUT_SEGMENTATION"|string;
5883    export type SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehavior = "DO_NOT_SEND"|"SEND"|string;
5884    export type SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetMode = "USE_CONFIGURED_OFFSET"|"USE_EVENT_START_DATE"|string;
5885    export type Smpte2038DataPreference = "IGNORE"|"PREFER"|string;
5886    export interface SmpteTtDestinationSettings {
5887    }
5888    export interface StandardHlsSettings {
5889      /**
5890       * List all the audio groups that are used with the video output stream. Input all the audio GROUP-IDs that are associated to the video, separate by ','.
5891       */
5892      AudioRenditionSets?: __string;
5893      M3u8Settings: M3u8Settings;
5894    }
5895    export interface StartChannelRequest {
5896      /**
5897       * A request to start a channel
5898       */
5899      ChannelId: __string;
5900    }
5901    export interface StartChannelResponse {
5902      /**
5903       * The unique arn of the channel.
5904       */
5905      Arn?: __string;
5906      /**
5907       * Specification of CDI inputs for this channel
5908       */
5909      CdiInputSpecification?: CdiInputSpecification;
5910      /**
5911       * The class for this channel. STANDARD for a channel with two pipelines or SINGLE_PIPELINE for a channel with one pipeline.
5912       */
5913      ChannelClass?: ChannelClass;
5914      /**
5915       * A list of destinations of the channel. For UDP outputs, there is one
5916  destination per output. For other types (HLS, for example), there is
5917  one destination per packager.
5918  
5919       */
5920      Destinations?: __listOfOutputDestination;
5921      /**
5922       * The endpoints where outgoing connections initiate from
5923       */
5924      EgressEndpoints?: __listOfChannelEgressEndpoint;
5925      EncoderSettings?: EncoderSettings;
5926      /**
5927       * The unique id of the channel.
5928       */
5929      Id?: __string;
5930      /**
5931       * List of input attachments for channel.
5932       */
5933      InputAttachments?: __listOfInputAttachment;
5934      /**
5935       * Specification of network and file inputs for this channel
5936       */
5937      InputSpecification?: InputSpecification;
5938      /**
5939       * The log level being written to CloudWatch Logs.
5940       */
5941      LogLevel?: LogLevel;
5942      /**
5943       * The name of the channel. (user-mutable)
5944       */
5945      Name?: __string;
5946      /**
5947       * Runtime details for the pipelines of a running channel.
5948       */
5949      PipelineDetails?: __listOfPipelineDetail;
5950      /**
5951       * The number of currently healthy pipelines.
5952       */
5953      PipelinesRunningCount?: __integer;
5954      /**
5955       * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role assumed when running the Channel.
5956       */
5957      RoleArn?: __string;
5958      State?: ChannelState;
5959      /**
5960       * A collection of key-value pairs.
5961       */
5962      Tags?: Tags;
5963      /**
5964       * Settings for VPC output
5965       */
5966      Vpc?: VpcOutputSettingsDescription;
5967    }
5968    export interface StartMultiplexRequest {
5969      /**
5970       * The ID of the multiplex.
5971       */
5972      MultiplexId: __string;
5973    }
5974    export interface StartMultiplexResponse {
5975      /**
5976       * The unique arn of the multiplex.
5977       */
5978      Arn?: __string;
5979      /**
5980       * A list of availability zones for the multiplex.
5981       */
5982      AvailabilityZones?: __listOf__string;
5983      /**
5984       * A list of the multiplex output destinations.
5985       */
5986      Destinations?: __listOfMultiplexOutputDestination;
5987      /**
5988       * The unique id of the multiplex.
5989       */
5990      Id?: __string;
5991      /**
5992       * Configuration for a multiplex event.
5993       */
5994      MultiplexSettings?: MultiplexSettings;
5995      /**
5996       * The name of the multiplex.
5997       */
5998      Name?: __string;
5999      /**
6000       * The number of currently healthy pipelines.
6001       */
6002      PipelinesRunningCount?: __integer;
6003      /**
6004       * The number of programs in the multiplex.
6005       */
6006      ProgramCount?: __integer;
6007      /**
6008       * The current state of the multiplex.
6009       */
6010      State?: MultiplexState;
6011      /**
6012       * A collection of key-value pairs.
6013       */
6014      Tags?: Tags;
6015    }
6016    export interface StartTimecode {
6017      /**
6018       * The timecode for the frame where you want to start the clip. Optional; if not specified, the clip starts at first frame in the file. Enter the timecode as HH:MM:SS:FF or HH:MM:SS;FF.
6019       */
6020      Timecode?: __string;
6021    }
6022    export interface StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings {
6023      /**
6024       * The duration in milliseconds for the image to remain on the video. If omitted or set to 0 the duration is unlimited and the image will remain until it is explicitly deactivated.
6025       */
6026      Duration?: __integerMin0;
6027      /**
6028       * The time in milliseconds for the image to fade in. The fade-in starts at the start time of the overlay. Default is 0 (no fade-in).
6029       */
6030      FadeIn?: __integerMin0;
6031      /**
6032       * Applies only if a duration is specified. The time in milliseconds for the image to fade out. The fade-out starts when the duration time is hit, so it effectively extends the duration. Default is 0 (no fade-out).
6033       */
6034      FadeOut?: __integerMin0;
6035      /**
6036       * The height of the image when inserted into the video, in pixels. The overlay will be scaled up or down to the specified height. Leave blank to use the native height of the overlay.
6037       */
6038      Height?: __integerMin1;
6039      /**
6040       * The location and filename of the image file to overlay on the video. The file must be a 32-bit BMP, PNG, or TGA file, and must not be larger (in pixels) than the input video.
6041       */
6042      Image: InputLocation;
6043      /**
6044       * Placement of the left edge of the overlay relative to the left edge of the video frame, in pixels. 0 (the default) is the left edge of the frame. If the placement causes the overlay to extend beyond the right edge of the underlying video, then the overlay is cropped on the right.
6045       */
6046      ImageX?: __integerMin0;
6047      /**
6048       * Placement of the top edge of the overlay relative to the top edge of the video frame, in pixels. 0 (the default) is the top edge of the frame. If the placement causes the overlay to extend beyond the bottom edge of the underlying video, then the overlay is cropped on the bottom.
6049       */
6050      ImageY?: __integerMin0;
6051      /**
6052       * The number of the layer, 0 to 7. There are 8 layers that can be overlaid on the video, each layer with a different image. The layers are in Z order, which means that overlays with higher values of layer are inserted on top of overlays with lower values of layer. Default is 0.
6053       */
6054      Layer?: __integerMin0Max7;
6055      /**
6056       * Opacity of image where 0 is transparent and 100 is fully opaque. Default is 100.
6057       */
6058      Opacity?: __integerMin0Max100;
6059      /**
6060       * The width of the image when inserted into the video, in pixels. The overlay will be scaled up or down to the specified width. Leave blank to use the native width of the overlay.
6061       */
6062      Width?: __integerMin1;
6063    }
6064    export interface StaticImageDeactivateScheduleActionSettings {
6065      /**
6066       * The time in milliseconds for the image to fade out. Default is 0 (no fade-out).
6067       */
6068      FadeOut?: __integerMin0;
6069      /**
6070       * The image overlay layer to deactivate, 0 to 7. Default is 0.
6071       */
6072      Layer?: __integerMin0Max7;
6073    }
6074    export interface StaticKeySettings {
6075      /**
6076       * The URL of the license server used for protecting content.
6077       */
6078      KeyProviderServer?: InputLocation;
6079      /**
6080       * Static key value as a 32 character hexadecimal string.
6081       */
6082      StaticKeyValue: __stringMin32Max32;
6083    }
6084    export interface StopChannelRequest {
6085      /**
6086       * A request to stop a running channel
6087       */
6088      ChannelId: __string;
6089    }
6090    export interface StopChannelResponse {
6091      /**
6092       * The unique arn of the channel.
6093       */
6094      Arn?: __string;
6095      /**
6096       * Specification of CDI inputs for this channel
6097       */
6098      CdiInputSpecification?: CdiInputSpecification;
6099      /**
6100       * The class for this channel. STANDARD for a channel with two pipelines or SINGLE_PIPELINE for a channel with one pipeline.
6101       */
6102      ChannelClass?: ChannelClass;
6103      /**
6104       * A list of destinations of the channel. For UDP outputs, there is one
6105  destination per output. For other types (HLS, for example), there is
6106  one destination per packager.
6107  
6108       */
6109      Destinations?: __listOfOutputDestination;
6110      /**
6111       * The endpoints where outgoing connections initiate from
6112       */
6113      EgressEndpoints?: __listOfChannelEgressEndpoint;
6114      EncoderSettings?: EncoderSettings;
6115      /**
6116       * The unique id of the channel.
6117       */
6118      Id?: __string;
6119      /**
6120       * List of input attachments for channel.
6121       */
6122      InputAttachments?: __listOfInputAttachment;
6123      /**
6124       * Specification of network and file inputs for this channel
6125       */
6126      InputSpecification?: InputSpecification;
6127      /**
6128       * The log level being written to CloudWatch Logs.
6129       */
6130      LogLevel?: LogLevel;
6131      /**
6132       * The name of the channel. (user-mutable)
6133       */
6134      Name?: __string;
6135      /**
6136       * Runtime details for the pipelines of a running channel.
6137       */
6138      PipelineDetails?: __listOfPipelineDetail;
6139      /**
6140       * The number of currently healthy pipelines.
6141       */
6142      PipelinesRunningCount?: __integer;
6143      /**
6144       * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role assumed when running the Channel.
6145       */
6146      RoleArn?: __string;
6147      State?: ChannelState;
6148      /**
6149       * A collection of key-value pairs.
6150       */
6151      Tags?: Tags;
6152      /**
6153       * Settings for VPC output
6154       */
6155      Vpc?: VpcOutputSettingsDescription;
6156    }
6157    export interface StopMultiplexRequest {
6158      /**
6159       * The ID of the multiplex.
6160       */
6161      MultiplexId: __string;
6162    }
6163    export interface StopMultiplexResponse {
6164      /**
6165       * The unique arn of the multiplex.
6166       */
6167      Arn?: __string;
6168      /**
6169       * A list of availability zones for the multiplex.
6170       */
6171      AvailabilityZones?: __listOf__string;
6172      /**
6173       * A list of the multiplex output destinations.
6174       */
6175      Destinations?: __listOfMultiplexOutputDestination;
6176      /**
6177       * The unique id of the multiplex.
6178       */
6179      Id?: __string;
6180      /**
6181       * Configuration for a multiplex event.
6182       */
6183      MultiplexSettings?: MultiplexSettings;
6184      /**
6185       * The name of the multiplex.
6186       */
6187      Name?: __string;
6188      /**
6189       * The number of currently healthy pipelines.
6190       */
6191      PipelinesRunningCount?: __integer;
6192      /**
6193       * The number of programs in the multiplex.
6194       */
6195      ProgramCount?: __integer;
6196      /**
6197       * The current state of the multiplex.
6198       */
6199      State?: MultiplexState;
6200      /**
6201       * A collection of key-value pairs.
6202       */
6203      Tags?: Tags;
6204    }
6205    export interface StopTimecode {
6206      /**
6207       * If you specify a StopTimecode in an input (in order to clip the file), you can specify if you want the clip to exclude (the default) or include the frame specified by the timecode.
6208       */
6209      LastFrameClippingBehavior?: LastFrameClippingBehavior;
6210      /**
6211       * The timecode for the frame where you want to stop the clip. Optional; if not specified, the clip continues to the end of the file. Enter the timecode as HH:MM:SS:FF or HH:MM:SS;FF.
6212       */
6213      Timecode?: __string;
6214    }
6215    export type Tags = {[key: string]: __string};
6216    export interface TeletextDestinationSettings {
6217    }
6218    export interface TeletextSourceSettings {
6219      /**
6220       * Optionally defines a region where TTML style captions will be displayed
6221       */
6222      OutputRectangle?: CaptionRectangle;
6223      /**
6224       * Specifies the teletext page number within the data stream from which to extract captions. Range of 0x100 (256) to 0x8FF (2303). Unused for passthrough. Should be specified as a hexadecimal string with no "0x" prefix.
6225       */
6226      PageNumber?: __string;
6227    }
6228    export type TemporalFilterPostFilterSharpening = "AUTO"|"DISABLED"|"ENABLED"|string;
6229    export interface TemporalFilterSettings {
6230      /**
6231       * If you enable this filter, the results are the following:
6232  - If the source content is noisy (it contains excessive digital artifacts), the filter cleans up the source.
6233  - If the source content is already clean, the filter tends to decrease the bitrate, especially when the rate control mode is QVBR.
6234       */
6235      PostFilterSharpening?: TemporalFilterPostFilterSharpening;
6236      /**
6237       * Choose a filter strength. We recommend a strength of 1 or 2. A higher strength might take out good information, resulting in an image that is overly soft.
6238       */
6239      Strength?: TemporalFilterStrength;
6240    }
6241    export type TemporalFilterStrength = "AUTO"|"STRENGTH_1"|"STRENGTH_2"|"STRENGTH_3"|"STRENGTH_4"|"STRENGTH_5"|"STRENGTH_6"|"STRENGTH_7"|"STRENGTH_8"|"STRENGTH_9"|"STRENGTH_10"|"STRENGTH_11"|"STRENGTH_12"|"STRENGTH_13"|"STRENGTH_14"|"STRENGTH_15"|"STRENGTH_16"|string;
6242    export interface TimecodeConfig {
6243      /**
6244       * Identifies the source for the timecode that will be associated with the events outputs.
6245  -Embedded (embedded): Initialize the output timecode with timecode from the the source.  If no embedded timecode is detected in the source, the system falls back to using "Start at 0" (zerobased).
6246  -System Clock (systemclock): Use the UTC time.
6247  -Start at 0 (zerobased): The time of the first frame of the event will be 00:00:00:00.
6248       */
6249      Source: TimecodeConfigSource;
6250      /**
6251       * Threshold in frames beyond which output timecode is resynchronized to the input timecode. Discrepancies below this threshold are permitted to avoid unnecessary discontinuities in the output timecode. No timecode sync when this is not specified.
6252       */
6253      SyncThreshold?: __integerMin1Max1000000;
6254    }
6255    export type TimecodeConfigSource = "EMBEDDED"|"SYSTEMCLOCK"|"ZEROBASED"|string;
6256    export interface TransferInputDeviceRequest {
6257      /**
6258       * The unique ID of this input device. For example, hd-123456789abcdef.
6259       */
6260      InputDeviceId: __string;
6261      /**
6262       * The AWS account ID (12 digits) for the recipient of the device transfer.
6263       */
6264      TargetCustomerId?: __string;
6265      /**
6266       * The target AWS region to transfer the device.
6267       */
6268      TargetRegion?: __string;
6269      /**
6270       * An optional message for the recipient. Maximum 280 characters.
6271       */
6272      TransferMessage?: __string;
6273    }
6274    export interface TransferInputDeviceResponse {
6275    }
6276    export interface TransferringInputDeviceSummary {
6277      /**
6278       * The unique ID of the input device.
6279       */
6280      Id?: __string;
6281      /**
6282       * The optional message that the sender has attached to the transfer.
6283       */
6284      Message?: __string;
6285      /**
6286       * The AWS account ID for the recipient of the input device transfer.
6287       */
6288      TargetCustomerId?: __string;
6289      /**
6290       * The type (direction) of the input device transfer.
6291       */
6292      TransferType?: InputDeviceTransferType;
6293    }
6294    export interface TtmlDestinationSettings {
6295      /**
6296       * When set to passthrough, passes through style and position information from a TTML-like input source (TTML, SMPTE-TT, CFF-TT) to the CFF-TT output or TTML output.
6297       */
6298      StyleControl?: TtmlDestinationStyleControl;
6299    }
6300    export type TtmlDestinationStyleControl = "PASSTHROUGH"|"USE_CONFIGURED"|string;
6301    export interface UdpContainerSettings {
6302      M2tsSettings?: M2tsSettings;
6303    }
6304    export interface UdpGroupSettings {
6305      /**
6306       * Specifies behavior of last resort when input video is lost, and no more backup inputs are available. When dropTs is selected the entire transport stream will stop being emitted.  When dropProgram is selected the program can be dropped from the transport stream (and replaced with null packets to meet the TS bitrate requirement).  Or, when emitProgram is chosen the transport stream will continue to be produced normally with repeat frames, black frames, or slate frames substituted for the absent input video.
6307       */
6308      InputLossAction?: InputLossActionForUdpOut;
6309      /**
6310       * Indicates ID3 frame that has the timecode.
6311       */
6312      TimedMetadataId3Frame?: UdpTimedMetadataId3Frame;
6313      /**
6314       * Timed Metadata interval in seconds.
6315       */
6316      TimedMetadataId3Period?: __integerMin0;
6317    }
6318    export interface UdpOutputSettings {
6319      /**
6320       * UDP output buffering in milliseconds. Larger values increase latency through the transcoder but simultaneously assist the transcoder in maintaining a constant, low-jitter UDP/RTP output while accommodating clock recovery, input switching, input disruptions, picture reordering, etc.
6321       */
6322      BufferMsec?: __integerMin0Max10000;
6323      ContainerSettings: UdpContainerSettings;
6324      /**
6325       * Destination address and port number for RTP or UDP packets. Can be unicast or multicast RTP or UDP (eg. rtp://239.10.10.10:5001 or udp://10.100.100.100:5002).
6326       */
6327      Destination: OutputLocationRef;
6328      /**
6329       * Settings for enabling and adjusting Forward Error Correction on UDP outputs.
6330       */
6331      FecOutputSettings?: FecOutputSettings;
6332    }
6333    export type UdpTimedMetadataId3Frame = "NONE"|"PRIV"|"TDRL"|string;
6334    export interface UpdateChannelClassRequest {
6335      /**
6336       * The channel class that you wish to update this channel to use.
6337       */
6338      ChannelClass: ChannelClass;
6339      /**
6340       * Channel Id of the channel whose class should be updated.
6341       */
6342      ChannelId: __string;
6343      /**
6344       * A list of output destinations for this channel.
6345       */
6346      Destinations?: __listOfOutputDestination;
6347    }
6348    export interface UpdateChannelClassResponse {
6349      Channel?: Channel;
6350    }
6351    export interface UpdateChannelRequest {
6352      /**
6353       * Specification of CDI inputs for this channel
6354       */
6355      CdiInputSpecification?: CdiInputSpecification;
6356      /**
6357       * channel ID
6358       */
6359      ChannelId: __string;
6360      /**
6361       * A list of output destinations for this channel.
6362       */
6363      Destinations?: __listOfOutputDestination;
6364      /**
6365       * The encoder settings for this channel.
6366       */
6367      EncoderSettings?: EncoderSettings;
6368      InputAttachments?: __listOfInputAttachment;
6369      /**
6370       * Specification of network and file inputs for this channel
6371       */
6372      InputSpecification?: InputSpecification;
6373      /**
6374       * The log level to write to CloudWatch Logs.
6375       */
6376      LogLevel?: LogLevel;
6377      /**
6378       * The name of the channel.
6379       */
6380      Name?: __string;
6381      /**
6382       * An optional Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role to assume when running the Channel. If you do not specify this on an update call but the role was previously set that role will be removed.
6383       */
6384      RoleArn?: __string;
6385    }
6386    export interface UpdateChannelResponse {
6387      Channel?: Channel;
6388    }
6389    export interface UpdateInputDeviceRequest {
6390      /**
6391       * The settings that you want to apply to the HD input device.
6392       */
6393      HdDeviceSettings?: InputDeviceConfigurableSettings;
6394      /**
6395       * The unique ID of the input device. For example, hd-123456789abcdef.
6396       */
6397      InputDeviceId: __string;
6398      /**
6399       * The name that you assigned to this input device (not the unique ID).
6400       */
6401      Name?: __string;
6402      /**
6403       * The settings that you want to apply to the UHD input device.
6404       */
6405      UhdDeviceSettings?: InputDeviceConfigurableSettings;
6406    }
6407    export interface UpdateInputDeviceResponse {
6408      /**
6409       * The unique ARN of the input device.
6410       */
6411      Arn?: __string;
6412      /**
6413       * The state of the connection between the input device and AWS.
6414       */
6415      ConnectionState?: InputDeviceConnectionState;
6416      /**
6417       * The status of the action to synchronize the device configuration. If you change the configuration of the input device (for example, the maximum bitrate), MediaLive sends the new data to the device. The device might not update itself immediately. SYNCED means the device has updated its configuration. SYNCING means that it has not updated its configuration.
6418       */
6419      DeviceSettingsSyncState?: DeviceSettingsSyncState;
6420      /**
6421       * The status of software on the input device.
6422       */
6423      DeviceUpdateStatus?: DeviceUpdateStatus;
6424      /**
6425       * Settings that describe an input device that is type HD.
6426       */
6427      HdDeviceSettings?: InputDeviceHdSettings;
6428      /**
6429       * The unique ID of the input device.
6430       */
6431      Id?: __string;
6432      /**
6433       * The network MAC address of the input device.
6434       */
6435      MacAddress?: __string;
6436      /**
6437       * A name that you specify for the input device.
6438       */
6439      Name?: __string;
6440      /**
6441       * The network settings for the input device.
6442       */
6443      NetworkSettings?: InputDeviceNetworkSettings;
6444      /**
6445       * The unique serial number of the input device.
6446       */
6447      SerialNumber?: __string;
6448      /**
6449       * The type of the input device.
6450       */
6451      Type?: InputDeviceType;
6452      /**
6453       * Settings that describe an input device that is type UHD.
6454       */
6455      UhdDeviceSettings?: InputDeviceUhdSettings;
6456    }
6457    export interface UpdateInputRequest {
6458      /**
6459       * Destination settings for PUSH type inputs.
6460       */
6461      Destinations?: __listOfInputDestinationRequest;
6462      /**
6463       * Settings for the devices.
6464       */
6465      InputDevices?: __listOfInputDeviceRequest;
6466      /**
6467       * Unique ID of the input.
6468       */
6469      InputId: __string;
6470      /**
6471       * A list of security groups referenced by IDs to attach to the input.
6472       */
6473      InputSecurityGroups?: __listOf__string;
6474      /**
6475       * A list of the MediaConnect Flow ARNs that you want to use as the source of the input. You can specify as few as one
6476  Flow and presently, as many as two. The only requirement is when you have more than one is that each Flow is in a
6477  separate Availability Zone as this ensures your EML input is redundant to AZ issues.
6478  
6479       */
6480      MediaConnectFlows?: __listOfMediaConnectFlowRequest;
6481      /**
6482       * Name of the input.
6483       */
6484      Name?: __string;
6485      /**
6486       * The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role this input assumes during and after creation.
6487       */
6488      RoleArn?: __string;
6489      /**
6490       * The source URLs for a PULL-type input. Every PULL type input needs
6491  exactly two source URLs for redundancy.
6492  Only specify sources for PULL type Inputs. Leave Destinations empty.
6493  
6494       */
6495      Sources?: __listOfInputSourceRequest;
6496    }
6497    export interface UpdateInputResponse {
6498      Input?: Input;
6499    }
6500    export interface UpdateInputSecurityGroupRequest {
6501      /**
6502       * The id of the Input Security Group to update.
6503       */
6504      InputSecurityGroupId: __string;
6505      /**
6506       * A collection of key-value pairs.
6507       */
6508      Tags?: Tags;
6509      /**
6510       * List of IPv4 CIDR addresses to whitelist
6511       */
6512      WhitelistRules?: __listOfInputWhitelistRuleCidr;
6513    }
6514    export interface UpdateInputSecurityGroupResponse {
6515      SecurityGroup?: InputSecurityGroup;
6516    }
6517    export interface UpdateMultiplexProgramRequest {
6518      /**
6519       * The ID of the multiplex of the program to update.
6520       */
6521      MultiplexId: __string;
6522      /**
6523       * The new settings for a multiplex program.
6524       */
6525      MultiplexProgramSettings?: MultiplexProgramSettings;
6526      /**
6527       * The name of the program to update.
6528       */
6529      ProgramName: __string;
6530    }
6531    export interface UpdateMultiplexProgramResponse {
6532      /**
6533       * The updated multiplex program.
6534       */
6535      MultiplexProgram?: MultiplexProgram;
6536    }
6537    export interface UpdateMultiplexRequest {
6538      /**
6539       * ID of the multiplex to update.
6540       */
6541      MultiplexId: __string;
6542      /**
6543       * The new settings for a multiplex.
6544       */
6545      MultiplexSettings?: MultiplexSettings;
6546      /**
6547       * Name of the multiplex.
6548       */
6549      Name?: __string;
6550    }
6551    export interface UpdateMultiplexResponse {
6552      /**
6553       * The updated multiplex.
6554       */
6555      Multiplex?: Multiplex;
6556    }
6557    export interface UpdateReservationRequest {
6558      /**
6559       * Name of the reservation
6560       */
6561      Name?: __string;
6562      /**
6563       * Unique reservation ID, e.g. '1234567'
6564       */
6565      ReservationId: __string;
6566    }
6567    export interface UpdateReservationResponse {
6568      Reservation?: Reservation;
6569    }
6570    export interface VideoBlackFailoverSettings {
6571      /**
6572       * A value used in calculating the threshold below which MediaLive considers a pixel to be 'black'. For the input to be considered black, every pixel in a frame must be below this threshold. The threshold is calculated as a percentage (expressed as a decimal) of white. Therefore .1 means 10% white (or 90% black). Note how the formula works for any color depth. For example, if you set this field to 0.1 in 10-bit color depth: (1023*0.1=102.3), which means a pixel value of 102 or less is 'black'. If you set this field to .1 in an 8-bit color depth: (255*0.1=25.5), which means a pixel value of 25 or less is 'black'. The range is 0.0 to 1.0, with any number of decimal places.
6573       */
6574      BlackDetectThreshold?: __doubleMin0Max1;
6575      /**
6576       * The amount of time (in milliseconds) that the active input must be black before automatic input failover occurs.
6577       */
6578      VideoBlackThresholdMsec?: __integerMin1000;
6579    }
6580    export interface VideoCodecSettings {
6581      FrameCaptureSettings?: FrameCaptureSettings;
6582      H264Settings?: H264Settings;
6583      H265Settings?: H265Settings;
6584      Mpeg2Settings?: Mpeg2Settings;
6585    }
6586    export interface VideoDescription {
6587      /**
6588       * Video codec settings.
6589       */
6590      CodecSettings?: VideoCodecSettings;
6591      /**
6592       * Output video height, in pixels. Must be an even number. For most codecs, you can leave this field and width blank in order to use the height and width (resolution) from the source. Note, however, that leaving blank is not recommended. For the Frame Capture codec, height and width are required.
6593       */
6594      Height?: __integer;
6595      /**
6596       * The name of this VideoDescription. Outputs will use this name to uniquely identify this Description.  Description names should be unique within this Live Event.
6597       */
6598      Name: __string;
6599      /**
6600       * Indicates how MediaLive will respond to the AFD values that might be in the input video. If you do not know what AFD signaling is, or if your downstream system has not given you guidance, choose PASSTHROUGH.
6601  RESPOND: MediaLive clips the input video using a formula that uses the AFD values (configured in afdSignaling ), the input display aspect ratio, and the output display aspect ratio. MediaLive also includes the AFD values in the output, unless the codec for this encode is FRAME_CAPTURE.
6602  PASSTHROUGH: MediaLive ignores the AFD values and does not clip the video. But MediaLive does include the values in the output.
6603  NONE: MediaLive does not clip the input video and does not include the AFD values in the output
6604       */
6605      RespondToAfd?: VideoDescriptionRespondToAfd;
6606      /**
6607       * STRETCH_TO_OUTPUT configures the output position to stretch the video to the specified output resolution (height and width). This option will override any position value. DEFAULT may insert black boxes (pillar boxes or letter boxes) around the video to provide the specified output resolution.
6608       */
6609      ScalingBehavior?: VideoDescriptionScalingBehavior;
6610      /**
6611       * Changes the strength of the anti-alias filter used for scaling. 0 is the softest setting, 100 is the sharpest. A setting of 50 is recommended for most content.
6612       */
6613      Sharpness?: __integerMin0Max100;
6614      /**
6615       * Output video width, in pixels. Must be an even number. For most codecs, you can leave this field and height blank in order to use the height and width (resolution) from the source. Note, however, that leaving blank is not recommended. For the Frame Capture codec, height and width are required.
6616       */
6617      Width?: __integer;
6618    }
6619    export type VideoDescriptionRespondToAfd = "NONE"|"PASSTHROUGH"|"RESPOND"|string;
6620    export type VideoDescriptionScalingBehavior = "DEFAULT"|"STRETCH_TO_OUTPUT"|string;
6621    export interface VideoSelector {
6622      /**
6623       * Specifies the color space of an input. This setting works in tandem with colorSpaceUsage and a video description's colorSpaceSettingsChoice to determine if any conversion will be performed.
6624       */
6625      ColorSpace?: VideoSelectorColorSpace;
6626      /**
6627       * Color space settings
6628       */
6629      ColorSpaceSettings?: VideoSelectorColorSpaceSettings;
6630      /**
6631       * Applies only if colorSpace is a value other than follow. This field controls how the value in the colorSpace field will be used. fallback means that when the input does include color space data, that data will be used, but when the input has no color space data, the value in colorSpace will be used. Choose fallback if your input is sometimes missing color space data, but when it does have color space data, that data is correct. force means to always use the value in colorSpace. Choose force if your input usually has no color space data or might have unreliable color space data.
6632       */
6633      ColorSpaceUsage?: VideoSelectorColorSpaceUsage;
6634      /**
6635       * The video selector settings.
6636       */
6637      SelectorSettings?: VideoSelectorSettings;
6638    }
6639    export type VideoSelectorColorSpace = "FOLLOW"|"HDR10"|"HLG_2020"|"REC_601"|"REC_709"|string;
6640    export interface VideoSelectorColorSpaceSettings {
6641      Hdr10Settings?: Hdr10Settings;
6642    }
6643    export type VideoSelectorColorSpaceUsage = "FALLBACK"|"FORCE"|string;
6644    export interface VideoSelectorPid {
6645      /**
6646       * Selects a specific PID from within a video source.
6647       */
6648      Pid?: __integerMin0Max8191;
6649    }
6650    export interface VideoSelectorProgramId {
6651      /**
6652       * Selects a specific program from within a multi-program transport stream. If the program doesn't exist, the first program within the transport stream will be selected by default.
6653       */
6654      ProgramId?: __integerMin0Max65536;
6655    }
6656    export interface VideoSelectorSettings {
6657      VideoSelectorPid?: VideoSelectorPid;
6658      VideoSelectorProgramId?: VideoSelectorProgramId;
6659    }
6660    export interface VpcOutputSettings {
6661      /**
6662       * List of public address allocation ids to associate with ENIs that will be created in Output VPC.
6663  Must specify one for SINGLE_PIPELINE, two for STANDARD channels
6664  
6665       */
6666      PublicAddressAllocationIds?: __listOf__string;
6667      /**
6668       * A list of up to 5 EC2 VPC security group IDs to attach to the Output VPC network interfaces.
6669  If none are specified then the VPC default security group will be used
6670  
6671       */
6672      SecurityGroupIds?: __listOf__string;
6673      /**
6674       * A list of VPC subnet IDs from the same VPC.
6675  If STANDARD channel, subnet IDs must be mapped to two unique availability zones (AZ).
6676  
6677       */
6678      SubnetIds: __listOf__string;
6679    }
6680    export interface VpcOutputSettingsDescription {
6681      /**
6682       * The Availability Zones where the vpc subnets are located.
6683  The first Availability Zone applies to the first subnet in the list of subnets.
6684  The second Availability Zone applies to the second subnet.
6685  
6686       */
6687      AvailabilityZones?: __listOf__string;
6688      /**
6689       * A list of Elastic Network Interfaces created by MediaLive in the customer's VPC
6690  
6691       */
6692      NetworkInterfaceIds?: __listOf__string;
6693      /**
6694       * A list of up EC2 VPC security group IDs attached to the Output VPC network interfaces.
6695  
6696       */
6697      SecurityGroupIds?: __listOf__string;
6698      /**
6699       * A list of VPC subnet IDs from the same VPC.
6700  If STANDARD channel, subnet IDs must be mapped to two unique availability zones (AZ).
6701  
6702       */
6703      SubnetIds?: __listOf__string;
6704    }
6705    export type WavCodingMode = "CODING_MODE_1_0"|"CODING_MODE_2_0"|"CODING_MODE_4_0"|"CODING_MODE_8_0"|string;
6706    export interface WavSettings {
6707      /**
6708       * Bits per sample.
6709       */
6710      BitDepth?: __double;
6711      /**
6712       * The audio coding mode for the WAV audio. The mode determines the number of channels in the audio.
6713       */
6714      CodingMode?: WavCodingMode;
6715      /**
6716       * Sample rate in Hz.
6717       */
6718      SampleRate?: __double;
6719    }
6720    export interface WebvttDestinationSettings {
6721      /**
6722       * Controls whether the color and position of the source captions is passed through to the WebVTT output captions.  PASSTHROUGH - Valid only if the source captions are EMBEDDED or TELETEXT.  NO_STYLE_DATA - Don't pass through the style. The output captions will not contain any font styling information.
6723       */
6724      StyleControl?: WebvttDestinationStyleControl;
6725    }
6726    export type WebvttDestinationStyleControl = "NO_STYLE_DATA"|"PASSTHROUGH"|string;
6727    export type __double = number;
6728    export type __doubleMin0 = number;
6729    export type __doubleMin0Max1 = number;
6730    export type __doubleMin0Max100 = number;
6731    export type __doubleMin1 = number;
6732    export type __doubleMinNegative59Max0 = number;
6733    export type __integer = number;
6734    export type __integerMin0 = number;
6735    export type __integerMin0Max10 = number;
6736    export type __integerMin0Max100 = number;
6737    export type __integerMin0Max1000 = number;
6738    export type __integerMin0Max10000 = number;
6739    export type __integerMin0Max1000000 = number;
6740    export type __integerMin0Max100000000 = number;
6741    export type __integerMin0Max128 = number;
6742    export type __integerMin0Max15 = number;
6743    export type __integerMin0Max255 = number;
6744    export type __integerMin0Max30 = number;
6745    export type __integerMin0Max32768 = number;
6746    export type __integerMin0Max3600 = number;
6747    export type __integerMin0Max500 = number;
6748    export type __integerMin0Max600 = number;
6749    export type __integerMin0Max65535 = number;
6750    export type __integerMin0Max65536 = number;
6751    export type __integerMin0Max7 = number;
6752    export type __integerMin0Max8191 = number;
6753    export type __integerMin1 = number;
6754    export type __integerMin100 = number;
6755    export type __integerMin1000 = number;
6756    export type __integerMin1000000Max100000000 = number;
6757    export type __integerMin100000Max100000000 = number;
6758    export type __integerMin100000Max40000000 = number;
6759    export type __integerMin100000Max80000000 = number;
6760    export type __integerMin1000Max30000 = number;
6761    export type __integerMin1Max10 = number;
6762    export type __integerMin1Max1000000 = number;
6763    export type __integerMin1Max16 = number;
6764    export type __integerMin1Max20 = number;
6765    export type __integerMin1Max3003 = number;
6766    export type __integerMin1Max31 = number;
6767    export type __integerMin1Max32 = number;
6768    export type __integerMin1Max3600000 = number;
6769    export type __integerMin1Max4 = number;
6770    export type __integerMin1Max5 = number;
6771    export type __integerMin1Max6 = number;
6772    export type __integerMin1Max8 = number;
6773    export type __integerMin25Max10000 = number;
6774    export type __integerMin25Max2000 = number;
6775    export type __integerMin3 = number;
6776    export type __integerMin30 = number;
6777    export type __integerMin4Max20 = number;
6778    export type __integerMin800Max3000 = number;
6779    export type __integerMin96Max600 = number;
6780    export type __integerMinNegative1000Max1000 = number;
6781    export type __integerMinNegative5Max5 = number;
6782    export type __integerMinNegative60Max6 = number;
6783    export type __integerMinNegative60Max60 = number;
6784    export type __listOfAudioChannelMapping = AudioChannelMapping[];
6785    export type __listOfAudioDescription = AudioDescription[];
6786    export type __listOfAudioSelector = AudioSelector[];
6787    export type __listOfAudioTrack = AudioTrack[];
6788    export type __listOfBatchFailedResultModel = BatchFailedResultModel[];
6789    export type __listOfBatchSuccessfulResultModel = BatchSuccessfulResultModel[];
6790    export type __listOfCaptionDescription = CaptionDescription[];
6791    export type __listOfCaptionLanguageMapping = CaptionLanguageMapping[];
6792    export type __listOfCaptionSelector = CaptionSelector[];
6793    export type __listOfChannelEgressEndpoint = ChannelEgressEndpoint[];
6794    export type __listOfChannelSummary = ChannelSummary[];
6795    export type __listOfFailoverCondition = FailoverCondition[];
6796    export type __listOfHlsAdMarkers = HlsAdMarkers[];
6797    export type __listOfInput = Input[];
6798    export type __listOfInputAttachment = InputAttachment[];
6799    export type __listOfInputChannelLevel = InputChannelLevel[];
6800    export type __listOfInputDestination = InputDestination[];
6801    export type __listOfInputDestinationRequest = InputDestinationRequest[];
6802    export type __listOfInputDeviceRequest = InputDeviceRequest[];
6803    export type __listOfInputDeviceSettings = InputDeviceSettings[];
6804    export type __listOfInputDeviceSummary = InputDeviceSummary[];
6805    export type __listOfInputSecurityGroup = InputSecurityGroup[];
6806    export type __listOfInputSource = InputSource[];
6807    export type __listOfInputSourceRequest = InputSourceRequest[];
6808    export type __listOfInputWhitelistRule = InputWhitelistRule[];
6809    export type __listOfInputWhitelistRuleCidr = InputWhitelistRuleCidr[];
6810    export type __listOfMediaConnectFlow = MediaConnectFlow[];
6811    export type __listOfMediaConnectFlowRequest = MediaConnectFlowRequest[];
6812    export type __listOfMediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings = MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings[];
6813    export type __listOfMultiplexOutputDestination = MultiplexOutputDestination[];
6814    export type __listOfMultiplexProgramPipelineDetail = MultiplexProgramPipelineDetail[];
6815    export type __listOfMultiplexProgramSummary = MultiplexProgramSummary[];
6816    export type __listOfMultiplexSummary = MultiplexSummary[];
6817    export type __listOfOffering = Offering[];
6818    export type __listOfOutput = Output[];
6819    export type __listOfOutputDestination = OutputDestination[];
6820    export type __listOfOutputDestinationSettings = OutputDestinationSettings[];
6821    export type __listOfOutputGroup = OutputGroup[];
6822    export type __listOfPipelineDetail = PipelineDetail[];
6823    export type __listOfPipelinePauseStateSettings = PipelinePauseStateSettings[];
6824    export type __listOfReservation = Reservation[];
6825    export type __listOfRtmpAdMarkers = RtmpAdMarkers[];
6826    export type __listOfScheduleAction = ScheduleAction[];
6827    export type __listOfScte35Descriptor = Scte35Descriptor[];
6828    export type __listOfTransferringInputDeviceSummary = TransferringInputDeviceSummary[];
6829    export type __listOfVideoDescription = VideoDescription[];
6830    export type __listOf__integer = __integer[];
6831    export type __listOf__string = __string[];
6832    export type __long = number;
6833    export type __longMin0Max1099511627775 = number;
6834    export type __longMin0Max4294967295 = number;
6835    export type __longMin0Max8589934591 = number;
6836    export type __longMin0Max86400000 = number;
6837    export type __string = string;
6838    export type __stringMax1000 = string;
6839    export type __stringMax256 = string;
6840    export type __stringMax32 = string;
6841    export type __stringMin1 = string;
6842    export type __stringMin1Max255 = string;
6843    export type __stringMin1Max256 = string;
6844    export type __stringMin1Max35 = string;
6845    export type __stringMin32Max32 = string;
6846    export type __stringMin34Max34 = string;
6847    export type __stringMin3Max3 = string;
6848    export type __stringMin6Max6 = string;
6849    export type InputDeviceThumbnail = Buffer|Uint8Array|Blob|string|Readable;
6850    export type AcceptHeader = "image/jpeg"|string;
6851    export type ContentType = "image/jpeg"|string;
6852    export type __timestamp = Date;
6853    /**
6854     * A string in YYYY-MM-DD format that represents the latest possible API version that can be used in this service. Specify 'latest' to use the latest possible version.
6855     */
6856    export type apiVersion = "2017-10-14"|"latest"|string;
6857    export interface ClientApiVersions {
6858      /**
6859       * A string in YYYY-MM-DD format that represents the latest possible API version that can be used in this service. Specify 'latest' to use the latest possible version.
6860       */
6861      apiVersion?: apiVersion;
6862    }
6863    export type ClientConfiguration = ServiceConfigurationOptions & ClientApiVersions;
6864    /**
6865     * Contains interfaces for use with the MediaLive client.
6866     */
6867    export import Types = MediaLive;
6868  }
6869  export = MediaLive;